Pioneer Elite DV-48AV User manual

Register Your Product at
http://www.pioneerelectronics.com (US)
http://www.pioneerelectronics.ca (Canada)
DVD Player
DV-48AV
Operating Instructions
DV48AV_EN.book 1 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

WARNING – TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK
HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS
APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
D1-4-2-1_En
IMPORTANT NOTICE – THE SERIAL NUMBER FOR THIS EQUIPMENT IS LOCATED IN THE REAR.
PLEASE WRITE THIS SERIAL NUMBER ON YOUR ENCLOSED WARRANTY CARD AND
KEEP IN A SECURE AREA. THIS IS FOR YOUR SECURITY.
D1-4-2-6-1_En
CAUTION : USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE
SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
CAUTION : THE USE OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH THIS PRODUCT WILL INCREASE EYE HAZARD.
D6-8-2-1_En
NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in
a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
– Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
– Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
– Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
– Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
D8-10-1-2_En
Information to User
Alteration or modifications carried out without appropriate authorization may invalidate the user’s right to operate
the equipment.
D8-10-2_En
WARNING: Handling the cord on this product or
cords associated with accessories sold with the
product will expose you to lead, a chemical known to
the State of California and other governmental
entities to cause cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm.
D36-P4_En
Wash hands after handling
T
his product contains mercury. Disposal of this
material may be regulated due to environmental
considerations. For disposal or recycling information,
please contact your local authorities or the Electronics
Industries Alliance : www.eiae.org.
K057_En
The exclamation point within an equilateral
triangle is intended to alert the user to the
presence of important operating and
maintenance (servicing) instructions in the
literature accompanying the appliance.
The lightning flash with arrowhead, within
an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert
the user to the presence of uninsulated
"dangerous voltage" within the product's
enclosure that may be of sufficient
magnitude to constitute a risk of electric
shock to persons.
CAUTION:
TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC
SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR
BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS
INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSONNEL.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
D1-4-2-3_En
IMPORTANT
Thank you for buying this Pioneer product.
Please read through these operating instructions so you will know how to operate your model properly.
After you have finished reading the instructions, put them away in a safe place for future reference.
DV48AV_EN.book 2 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

READ INSTRUCTIONS — All the safety and
operating instructions should be read before the
product is operated.
RETAIN INSTRUCTIONS — The safety and
operating instructions should be retained for
future reference.
HEED WARNINGS — All warnings on the product
and in the operating instructions should be
adhered to.
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS — All operating and use
instructions should be followed.
CLEANING — The product should be cleaned only
with a polishing cloth or a soft dry cloth. Never
clean with furniture wax, benzine, insecticides
or other volatile liquids since they may corrode
the cabinet.
ATTACHMENTS — Do not use attachments not
recommended by the product manufacturer as
they may cause hazards.
WATER AND MOISTURE — Do not use this
product near water — for example, near a
bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, or laundry
tub; in a wet basement; or near a swimming
pool; and the like.
ACCESSORIES — Do not place this product on an
unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table.
The product may fall, causing serious injury to a
child or adult, and serious damage to the
product. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod,
bracket, or table recommended by the
manufacturer, or sold with the product. Any
mounting of the product should follow the
manufacturer’s instructions, and should use a
mounting accessory recommended by the
manufacturer.
CART — A product and cart combination should be
moved with care. Quick stops, excessive force,
and uneven surfaces may cause the product
and cart combination to overturn.
VENTILATION — Slots and openings in the cabinet
are provided for ventilation and to ensure
reliable operation of the product and to protect
it from overheating, and these openings must
not be blocked or covered. The openings should
never be blocked by placing the product on a
bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This
product should not be placed in a built-in
installation such as a bookcase or rack unless
proper ventilation is provided or the
manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered
to.
POWER SOURCES — This product should be
operated only from the type of power source
indicated on the marking label. If you are not
sure of the type of power supply to your home,
consult your product dealer or local power
company.
LOCATION – The appliance should be installed in a
stable location.
NONUSE PERIODS – The power cord of the
appliance should be unplugged from the outlet
when left un-used for a long period of time.
GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION
• If this product is equipped with a polarized
alternating current line plug (a plug having one
blade wider than the other), it will fit into the
outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If
you are unable to insert the plug fully into the
outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should
still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace
your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety
purpose of the polarized plug.
• If this product is equipped with a three-wire
grounding type plug, a plug having a third
(grounding) pin, it will only fit into a grounding
type power outlet. This is a safety feature. If you
are unable to insert the plug into the outlet,
contact your electrician to replace your obsolete
outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the
grounding type plug.
POWER-CORD PROTECTION — Power-supply
cords should be routed so that they are not likely
to be walked on or pinched by items placed
upon or against them, paying particular
attention to cords at plugs, convenience
receptacles, and the point where they exit from
the product.
OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING — If an
outside antenna or cable system is connected to
the product, be sure the antenna or cable
system is grounded so as to provide some
protection against voltage surges and built-up
static charges. Article 810 of the National
Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides
information with regard to proper grounding of
the mast and supporting structure, grounding of
the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit,
size of grounding conductors, location of
antenna-discharge unit, connection to
grounding electrodes, and requirements for the
grounding electrode. See Figure A.
LIGHTNING — For added protection for this
product during a lightning storm, or when it is
left unattended and unused for long periods of
time, unplug it from the wall outlet and
disconnect the antenna or cable system. This
will prevent damage to the product due to
lightning and power-line surges.
POWER LINES — An outside antenna system
should not be located in the vicinity of overhead
power lines or other electric light or power
circuits, or where it can fall into such power
lines or circuits. When installing an outside
antenna system, extreme care should be taken
to keep from touching such power lines or
circuits as contact with them might be fatal.
OVERLOADING — Do not overload wall outlets,
extension cords, or integral convenience
receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or
electric shock.
OBJECT AND LIQUID ENTRY — Never push
objects of any kind into this product through
openings as they may touch dangerous voltage
points or short-out parts that could result in a
fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any
kind on the product.
SERVICING — Do not attempt to service this
product yourself as opening or removing covers
may expose you to dangerous voltage or other
hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service
personnel.
DAMAGE REQUIRING SERVICE — Unplug this
product from the wall outlet and refer servicing
to qualified service personnel under the
following conditions:
• When the power-supply cord or plug is
damaged.
• If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen
into the product.
• If the product has been exposed to rain or water.
• If the product does not operate normally by
following the operating instructions. Adjust only
those controls that are covered by the operating
instructions as an improper adjustment of other
controls may result in damage and will often
require extensive work by a qualified technician
to restore the product to its normal operation.
• If the product has been dropped or damaged in
any way.
• When the product exhibits a distinct change in
performance — this indicates a need for service.
REPLACEMENT PARTS — When replacement parts
are required, be sure the service technician has
used replacement parts specified by the
manufacturer or have the same characteristics
as the original part. Unauthorized substitutions
may result in fire, electric shock, or other
hazards.
SAFETY CHECK — Upon completion of any service
or repairs to this product, ask the service
technician to perform safety checks to
determine that the product is in proper
operating condition.
WALL OR CEILING MOUNTING — The product
should not be mounted to a wall or ceiling.
HEAT — The product should be situated away from
heat sources such as radiators, heat registers,
stoves, or other products (including amplifiers)
that produce heat.
GROUND
CLAMP
ELECTRIC
SERVICE
EQUIPMENT
ANTENNA
LEAD IN
WIRE
ANTENNA
DISCHARGE UNIT
(NEC SECTION 810-20)
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
(NEC SECTION 810-21)
GROUND CLAMPS
POWER SERVICE GROUNDING
ELECTRODE SYSTEM
(NEC ART 250, PART H)
NEC — NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
Fig. A
D1-4-2-2_En
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la Classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
D8-10-1-3_EF
CAUTION: This product satisfies FCC regulations when shielded cables and connectors are used to connect the
unit to other equipment. To prevent electromagnetic interference with electric appliances such as radios and
televisions, use shielded cables and connectors for connections.
D8-10-3a_En
DV48AV_EN.book 3 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

C67-7-3_En
S001_En
Selecting fine audio equipment such as the unit
you’ve just purchased is only the start of your
musical enjoyment. Now it’s time to consider how
you can maximize the fun and excitement your
equipment offers. This manufacturer and the
Electronic Industries Association’s Consumer
Electronics Group want you to get the most out of
your equipment by playing it at a safe level. One that
lets the sound come through loud and clear without
annoying blaring or distortion-and, most importantly,
without affecting your sensitive hearing.
Sound can be deceiving. Over time your hearing
“comfort level” adapts to higher volumes of sound.
So what sounds “normal” can actually be loud and
harmful to your hearing. Guard against this by
setting your equipment at a safe level BEFORE your
hearing adapts.
To establish a safe level:
• Start your volume control at a low setting.
• Slowly increase the sound until you can hear it
comfortably and clearly, and without distortion.
Once you have established a comfortable sound
level:
• Set the dial and leave it there.
Taking a minute to do this now will help to prevent
hearing damage or loss in the future. After all, we
want you listening for a lifetime.
We Want You Listening For A Lifetime
Used wisely, your new sound equipment will
provide a lifetime of fun and enjoyment. Since
hearing damage from loud noise is often
undetectable until it is too late, this manufacturer
and the Electronic Industries Association’s
Consumer Electronics Group recommend you avoid
prolonged exposure to excessive noise. This list of
sound levels is included for your protection.
Decibel
Level Example
30 Quiet library, soft whispers
40
Living room, refrigerator, bedroom away from traffic
50 Light traffic, normal conversation, quiet office
60 Air conditioner at 20 feet, sewing machine
70 Vacuum cleaner, hair dryer, noisy restaurant
80
Average city traffic, garbage disposals, alarm clock
at two feet.
THE FOLLOWING NOISES CAN BE DANGEROUS
UNDER CONSTANT EXPOSURE
90
Subway, motorcycle, truck traffic, lawn mower
100 Garbage truck, chain saw, pneumatic drill
120 Rock band concert in front of speakers,
thunderclap
140 Gunshot blast, jet plane
180 Rocket launching pad
Information courtesy of the Deafness Research Foundation.
POWER-CORD CAUTION
Handle the power cord by the plug. Do not pull out the
plug by tugging the cord and never touch the power
cord when your hands are wet as this could cause a
short circuit or electric shock. Do not place the unit, a
piece of furniture, etc., on the power cord, or pinch the
cord. Never make a knot in the cord or tie it with other
cords. The power cords should be routed such that they
are not likely to be stepped on. A damaged power cord
can cause a fire or give you an electrical shock. Check
the power cord once in a while. When you find it
damaged, ask your nearest PIONEER authorized
service center or your dealer for a replacement.
S002_En
This product includes FontAvenue®dmlrqjgaclacb
`wLCAampnmp_rgml,Dmlr?tclscgq_pcegqrcpcb
rp_bck_pimdLCAAmpnmp_rgml,
This product incorporates copyright protection
technology that is protected by method claims of
certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property
rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other
rights owners. Use of this copyright protection
technology must be authorized by Macrovision
Corporation, and is intended for home and other
limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized
by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or
disassembly is prohibited.
This product is for general household purposes. Any
failure due to use for other than household purposes
(such as long-term use for business purposes in a
restaurant or use in a car or ship) and which
requires repair will be charged for even during the
warranty period.
K041_En
DV48AV_EN.book 4 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

5
En
Contents
01 Before you start
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
What’s in the box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Disc/content format playback
compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
02 Connections
Easy connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Connecting using the S-video output . . . . .12
Connecting using the component video
output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Connecting to an AV receiver. . . . . . . . . . .13
Connecting using HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
About HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
03 Controls and displays
Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Setting up the remote to control your
TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
04 Getting started
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Using the on-screen displays. . . . . . . . . . .20
Setting up the player for your TV . . . . . . . .21
Setting the language of this player’s on-screen
displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
05 Playing discs
Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Playing in slow motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . . .27
Viewing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Browsing DVD or Video CD disc with the Disc
Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX
video, WMV and JPEG files with the Disc
Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Using repeat play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Switching subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Switching audio language/channels. . . . . 34
Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Switching camera angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . 34
06 USB playback
Using the USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
07 Audio Settings and Video Adjust
menus
Audio Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
08 Initial Settings menu
Using the Initial Settings menu. . . . . . . . . 38
Digital Audio Out settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Speakers settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
About the HDMI audio output
settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
HDMI output with DVD-Audio and SACD
sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
09 Additional information
Taking care of your player and discs . . . . . 51
Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . . 52
Resetting the player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
DVD-Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Selecting languages using the language code
list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DV48AV_EN.book 5 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Before you start 01
7
En
• Built-in Dolby1Digital and DTS2
decoding with multichannel outputs
This player features multichannel analog
outputs for connection to an AV amplifier to
give you stunning surround sound from Dolby
Digital, DTS and multichannel DVD-Audio
discs.
What’s in the box
Please confirm that the following accessories
are in the box when you open it.
• Remote control
• AA/R6P dry cell batteries x 2
• Audio/video cable (red/white/yellow plugs)
• Operating instructions
Putting the batteries in the remote
• Open the battery compartment cover
and insert the batteries as shown.
Use two AA/R6P batteries and follow the
indications ( , ) inside the compartment.
Close the cover when you’re finished.
Important
Incorrect use of batteries can result in hazards
such as leakage and bursting. Please observe
the following:
• Don’t mix new and old batteries together.
• Don’t use different kinds of battery
together — although they may look
similar, different batteries may have
different voltages.
• Make sure that the plus and minus ends of
each battery match the indications in the
battery compartment.
• Remove batteries from equipment that
isn’t going to be used for a month or more.
• When disposing of used batteries, please
comply with governmental regulations or
environmental public instruction’s rules
that apply in your country/area.
• Do not use or store batteries in direct
sunlight or other excessively hot place,
such as inside a car or near a heater. This
can cause batteries to leak, overheat,
explode or catch fire. It can also reduce the
life or performance of batteries.
DV48AV_EN.book 7 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
9
En
• Multi-session playback: No
• Unfinalized disc playback: No
• File structure (may differ): Up to 299
folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files
(combined) within each folder
DVD+R/DVD+RW compatibility
Only DVD+R/DVD+RW discs recorded in
‘Video Mode (DVD Video Mode)’ which have
been finalized, can be played back. However,
some editing made during the recording may
not be played back accurately.
DVD-R/-RW compatibility
• Compatible formats: DVD-Video, Video
Recording (VR)*
*
• Unfinalized playback: No
• MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG or DivX
video/WMV file playback on DVD-R/-RW:
No
Compressed audio compatibility
• Compatible formats: MPEG-1 Audio Layer
3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (WMA),
MPEG-4 AAC
• Sampling rates: 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz
• Bit-rates: Any (128 kbps or higher
recommended)
• VBR (variable bit rate) MP3/WMA/MPEG-4
AAC playback: No
• WMA lossless encoding compatible: No
• DRM (Digital Rights Management)
compatible: No (DRM-protected audio files
will play in this player—see also
in the on page 59)
• File extensions: .mp3, .wma, .m4a (these
must be used for the player to recognize
MP3, WMA and MPEG-4 AAC files – do not
use for other file types)
About MPEG-4 AAC
Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is at the core of
the MPEG-4 AAC standard, which
incorporates MPEG-2 AAC, forming the basis
of the MPEG-4 audio compression technology.
The file format and extension used depend on
the application used to encode the AAC file.
This unit plays back AAC files encoded by
iTunes®bearing the extension ‘.m4a’. DRM-
protected files will not play, and files encoded
with some versions of iTunes®may not play, or
filenames may display incorrectly.
WMA (Windows Media™ Audio)
compatibility
This player can playback Windows Media
Audio content.
WMA is an acronym for Windows Media Audio
and refers to an audio compression
technology developed by Microsoft
Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by
using Windows Media Player for Windows XP,
Windows Media Player 9 or Windows Media
Player 10 series.
About DivX video
DivX is a media technology created by DivX,
Inc. DivX media files contain not only video but
also include advanced media features like
menus, subtitles, and alternate audiotracks.
This player can play DivX videos burned on
CD-R/-RW/-ROM discs. Keeping the same
terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX
video files are called “Titles”. When naming
files/titles on a CD-R/-RW disc prior to burning,
keep in mind that by default they will be played
in alphabetical order.
DV48AV_EN.book 9 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
11
En
Chapter 2
Connections
Easy connections
Important
• Before making or changing any connections, switch off the power and disconnect the power
cable from the AC outlet.
• The setup described here is a basic setup that allows you to play discs using just the cables
supplied with the player. In this setup, stereo audio is played through the speakers in your TV.
• This player is equipped with copy protection technology. Do not connect this player to your
TV via a VCR using audio/video or S-video cables, as the picture from this player will not
appear properly on your TV. (This player may also not be compatible with some combination
TV/VCRs for the same reason; refer to the manufacturer for more information.)
1 Connect the VIDEO OUT and AUDIO
OUT (5.1ch)/AUDIO OUT L/R jacks to a set
of A/V inputs on your TV.
Use the supplied audio/video cable,
connecting the red and white plugs to the
audio outputs and the yellow plug to the video
output. Make sure you match up the left and
right audio outputs with their corresponding
inputs for correct stereo sound.
See below if you want to use a component or
S-video cable for the video connection.
2 Plug into a power outlet.
Note
• Before unplugging the player from the
power outlet, make sure you first switch it
into standby using either the front panel
STANDBY/ON button, or the remote
control, and wait of the -OFF- message to
disappear from the player’s display.
• For the above reasons, do not plug this
player into a switched power supply found
on some amplifiers and AV receivers.
Yellow
White
Red
TV
DV48AV_EN.book 11 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
13
En
Watching progressive scan video
from the component video outputs
This player can output progressive scan video
from the component video output. Compared
to interlace video, progressive scan video
effectively doubles the scanning rate of the
picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker-free
image.
To set up the player for use with a progressive
scan TV, see on page 40.
When the player is set to output progressive
scan video, the PRGSVE indicator lights in the
front panel display.
Important
• If you connect a TV that is not compatible
with a progressive scan signal and switch
the player to progressive, you will not be
able to see any picture at all. In this case,
switch everything off and reconnect using
the supplied video cable (see
on page 11), then switch back
to Interlace (see below).
Switching the video output to interlace
using the front panel controls
Switch the player to standby then, using the
front panel controls, press STANDBY/ON
while pressing to switch the player back to
Interlace.
• If the player is connected using HDMI,
disconnect the HDMI cable before
resetting the player to interlace output. (If
left connected, the HDMI output
resolution will be reset to its default — see
on
page 16.)
Connecting to an AV receiver
You can connect this player to your AV receiver
using the multichannel analog outputs or one
of the digital outputs.
In addition to these connections, you should
also connect the 2 channel analog outputs for
compatibility with all discs.
You’ll probably also want to connect a video
output to your AV receiver. You can use any of
the video outputs available on this player (the
illustration shows a standard (composite)
connection).
1 Connect the analog AUDIO OUT
(5.1ch)/AUDIO OUT L/R and VIDEO OUT
jacks on this player to a set of analog audio
and video inputs on your AV receiver.
2 Connect the AV receiver’s video output
to a video input on your TV.
You can also use the S-video or component
video jacks to connect to the AV receiver if you
prefer.
Tip
• You usually have to connect the same kind
of video cable between your DVD player
and AV receiver, and between your AV
receiver and TV.
AV eceive
DV48AV_EN.book 13 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
15
En
Connecting using HDMI
If you have a HDMI equipped monitor or
display, you can connect it to this player using
a commercially available HDMI cable.
The HDMI connector outputs uncompressed
digital video, as well as almost every kind of
digital audio that the player is compatible with,
including DVD-Video, DVD-Audio (see below
for limitations), SACD, Video CD, CD, WMA,
MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and WMV.
• Use an HDMI cable to connect the
HDMI OUT interconnect on this player to
an HDMI interconnect on a HDMI-
compatible display.
The arrow on the cable connector body should
be face up for correct alignment with the
connector on the player.
Note
• This unit has been designed to be
compliant with HDMI (High-Definition
Multimedia Interface). Depending on the
component you have connected, using a
DVI connection may result in unreliable
signal transfers.
• When you change the component
connected to the HDMI output, you will
also need to change the HDMI settings to
match the new component (see
on page 39, and
on page 40 to do this). However, the
settings for each component are then
stored in memory (for up to 2
components).
• The HDMI connection is compatible with 2
channel linear PCM signals (44.1 kHz to
192 kHz, 16 bit/20 bit/24 bit), and Dolby
Digital, DTS, MPEG audio bitstream, multi
channel DSD, and multi channel linear
PCM signals, (5.1 channel signals up to 96
kHz, 16 bit/20 bit/24 bit).
DV48AV_EN.book 15 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Controls and displays
03
17
En
Chapter 3
Controls and displays
Front panel
1STANDBY/ON (page 20)
2 Disc tray
3TOPMENU(page 24)
4 ENTER & cursor buttons (page 20)
5MENU(page 24)
6 RETURN (page 24)
7HOMEMENU(page 20)
8Display
9OPEN/CLOSE (page 22)
10 (page 23)
11 (page 23)
12 (page 23)
13 and (page 23)
14 HDMI indicator
Lights when this player is recognized by
another HDMl or DVI/HDCP compatible
component.
15 DVD/USB (page 35)
16 USB port (Type A) (page 35)
17 RW Compatible (page 9)
DV48AV_EN.book 17 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
19
En
Using the remote control
Keep in mind the following when using the
remote control:
• Make sure that there are no obstacles
between the remote and the remote
sensor on the unit.
• The remote has a range of about 23 feet.
• Remote operation may become unreliable
if strong sunlight or fluorescent light is
shining on the unit’s remote sensor.
• Remote controllers for different devices
can interfere with each other. Avoid using
remotes for other equipment located close
to this unit.
• Replace the batteries when you notice a
fall off in the operating range of the
remote.
Setting up the remote to
control your TV
You can use the supplied remote to control
your TV. To be able to use this feature you first
have to program the remote with a maker code
from the table below.
1 Press and hold down the CLEAR button,
then enter the maker code for your TV.
See the table below for the list of maker codes.
If there is more than one code given for your
make, input the first one in the list.
• If the maker’s name of your TV doesn’t
appear in the table below, you will not be
able to use this remote to control your TV.
2Press TV to check that the remote
works with your TV.
If the remote is set up correctly, the TV should
switch on/off. If it doesn’t and there is another
code given for your maker, repeat step 1with a
new code.
Using the TV remote control buttons
The table below shows how to use this remote
control with your TV.
Button What it does
TV Press to switch the TV on/off
(standby)
INPUT SELECT Press to change the TV’s video
input
VOLUME +/– Use to adjust the TV volume
CHANNEL +/– Use to change TV channels
Maker Code
Aiwa 38
Funai 36
GE 11, 28
General 34
Goldstar 10, 23
Grandiente 30
Hitachi 06, 24, 25, 32
Magnavox 12, 29
Mitsubishi 09
NEC 37
Panasonic 08, 22, 41
Philips 07
Pioneer 00, 35, 40, 44
RCA 01, 15, 16, 17, 18
Samsung 73, 75
Sanyo 14, 21
Sharp 02, 19, 27
Sony 04
Toshiba 05, 26, 31, 43
JVC 13, 33, 42
Zenith 03, 20
DV48AV_EN.book 19 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
21
En
Setting up the player for your
TV
If you have a widescreen (16:9) TV, you should
setup the player so that the picture will be
presented correctly. If you have a conventional
(4:3) TV, you can leave the player on the default
setting and move on to the next section.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Select ‘TV Screen’ from the ‘Video
Output’ settings.
3 If you have a widescreen (16:9) TV,
select ‘16:9 (Wide)’ or ‘16:9 (Compressed)’.
If you have a conventional (4:3) TV, you can
change the setting from 4:3 (Letter Box) to
4:3 (Pan & Scan) if you prefer. See
on page 40 for more details.
4 Press HOME MENU to exit the menu
screen.
Setting the language of this
player’s on-screen displays
This sets the language of the player’s on-
screen displays.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Select ‘OSD Language’ from the
‘Display’ settings.
3 Select a language.
The on-screen language will change according
to your selection.
4 Press HOME MENU to exit the menu
screen.
DV48AV_EN.book 21 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
23
En
Basic playback controls
The table below shows the basic controls on
the remote for playing discs. The following
chapter covers other playback features in
more detail.
Resume and Last Memory
With the exception of DVD-Audio and SACD
discs, when you stop playback of a DVD, CD, or
Video CD or DivX video/WMV discs, RESUME
is shown in the display indicating that you can
resume playback again from that point.
If the disc tray is not opened, the next time you
start playback the display shows RESUME and
playback resumes from the resume point. (If
you want to clear the resume point, press
(stop) while RESUME is displayed.)
With DVDs and Video CDs, if you take the disc
out of the player after stopping playback, the
last play position is stored in memory. If the
next disc you load is the same one, the display
shows LAST MEM and playback will resume.
For DVD-Video discs, the player stores the play
position of the last five discs. When one of
these discs is next loaded, you can resume
playback.
Note
• The Last Memory function doesn’t work
with VR format DVD-R/-RW, DVD-Audio or
SACD discs.
• If you don’t need the Last Memory function
when you stop a disc, you can press
OPEN/CLOSE to stop playback and
open the disc tray.
Button What it does
Starts playback.
If the display shows RESUME or
LAST MEM playback starts from the
resume or last memory point (see
also
below.)
Pauses a disc that’s playing, or
restarts a paused disc.
Stops playback.
See also
below.
(remote
only)
Press to start fast reverse scanning.
Press (play) to resume normal
playback.
(remote
only)
Press to start fast forward scanning.
Press (play) to resume normal
playback.
Skips to the start of the current
track, title or chapter, then to
previous tracks/titles/chapters.
Skips to the next track, title or
chapter.
Numbers
(remote
only)
Use to enter a title/chapter/track
number. Press ENTER to select.
• If the disc is stopped, playback
starts from the selected title (for
DVD), group (for DVD-Audio) or
track (for CD/SACD/Video CD).
• If the disc is playing, playback
jumps to the start of the selected
title (VR mode DVD-RW), chapter
(DVD-Video) or track (DVD-Audio*/
SACD/CD/Video CD).
DV48AV_EN.book 23 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
25
En
Video CD PBC menus
Some Video CDs have menus from which you
can choose what you want to watch. These are
called PBC (Playback control) menus.
You can play a PBC Video CD without having to
navigate the PBC menu by starting playback
using a number button to select a track, rather
than the (play) button.
FAQ
Most likely, the disc is the wrong region for
your player. The region number should be
printed on the disc; check it against the
region number of the player (which you
can find on the rear panel). See also
on page 53.
If the region number is OK, it may be that
the disc is damaged or dirty. Clean the disc
and look for signs of damage. See also
on
page 51.
First check that you loaded the disc the
right way up (label side up), and that it’s
clean and undamaged. See
on page 51 for
information on cleaning discs.
If a disc loaded correctly won’t play, it’s
probably an incompatible format or disc
type, such as DVD-ROM. See
on page 8 for
more on disc compatibility.
Some movie formats are such that even
when played on a widescreen TV, black
bars are necessary at the top and bottom
of the screen. This is not a malfunction.
Some discs override the display
preferences of the player, so even if you
have 4:3 (Pan & Scan) selected, those
discs will still be shown in letter box
format. This is not a malfunction.
Button What it does
RETURN Displays the PBC menu.
Numbers
(remote
only)
Use to enter a numbered menu
option. Press ENTER to select.
Displays the previous menu page (if
there is one).
Displays the next menu page (if
there is one).
DV48AV_EN.book 25 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
27
En
Chapter 5
Playing discs
Note
• Many of the functions covered in this
chapter apply to DVD and SACD discs,
Video CDs, CDs, DivX
video/WMV and MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/
JPEG discs, although the exact operation
of some varies slightly with the kind of disc
loaded.
• Some DVDs restrict the use of some
functions (random or repeat, for example)
in some or all parts of the disc. This is not
a malfunction.
• When playing Video CDs, some of the
functions are not available during PBC
playback. If you want to use them, start the
disc playing using a number button to
select a track.
Scanning discs
You can fast-scan discs forward or backward
at four different speeds (only one speed for
DivX video/WMV).
1 During playback, press or to
start scanning.
• There is no sound while scanning DVDs
(including DVD-Audio), DivX video/WMV
and Video CDs.
2 Press repeatedly to increase the
scanning speed.
• The scanning speed is shown on-screen.
3 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• When scanning a Video CD playing in PBC
mode or a MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC track,
playback automatically resumes at the end
or beginning of the track.
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached on a DVD disc.
Playing in slow motion
You can play DVD-Videos and DVD-R/-RW at
four different slow motion speeds, forwards
and backwards. Video CDs and DivX video/
WMV can be played at four different forward
slow motion speeds.
1 During playback, press (pause).
2 Press and hold or until
slow motion playback starts.
• The slow motion speed is shown on-
screen.
• There is no sound during slow motion
playback.
3 Press repeatedly to change the slow
motion speed.
4 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached.
Frame advance/frame reverse
You can advance or back up DVD-Video and
DVD-R/-RW discs frame-by-frame. With Video
CDs and DivX video/WMV file you can only use
frame advance.
1 During playback, press (pause).
2 Press or to reverse or
advance a frame at a time.
3 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached.
DV48AV_EN.book 27 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
29
En
The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail
images displayed one after another. To display
the previous/next six thumbnails, press /
(you don’t have to wait for all the
thumbnails to finish playing to display the
previous/next page).
3 Select the thumbnail image for what
you want to play.
You can use either the cursor buttons (
) and ENTER to select a thumbnail, or
the number buttons.
To select using the number buttons, enter a
two-digit number then press ENTER.
Tip
• Another way to find a particular place on a
disc is to use one of the search modes. See
on page 33.
Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4
AAC, DivX video, WMV and
JPEG files with the Disc
Navigator
Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file
or folder by filename. Note that if there are
other types of files on the same disc, these will
not be displayed in the Disc Navigator.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Disc
Navigator’ from the on-screen menu.
2 Use the cursor buttons ( )
and ENTER to navigate.
Use the cursor up/down buttons ( ) to
move up and down the folder/file list.
Use the cursor left button ( ) to return to the
parent folder.
Use ENTER or cursor right ( ) to open a
highlighted folder.
• You can also return to the parent folder by
going to the top of the list to the ‘..’ folder,
then pressing ENTER.
• When a JPEG file is highlighted, a
thumbnail image is displayed on the right.
3 To play the highlighted track or DivX
video/WMV file or display the highlighted
JPEG file, press ENTER.
• When a MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC or DivX
video/WMV file is selected, playback
begins, starting with the selected file, and
continues until the end of the folder.
• When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow
begins, starting with that file, and
continues to the end of the folder.
DV48AV_EN.book 29 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
31
En
• For DivX video/WMV discs, select Title
Repeat, and for some DivX media files,
select Chapter Repeat (or Repeat Off).
Using random play
Use the random play function to play titles or
chapters (DVD-Video), Groups (DVD-Audio), or
tracks (DVD-Audio, SACD, CD, Video CD) at
random. (Note that the same track/title/
chapter may play more than once.)
You can set the random play option when a
disc is playing or stopped.
Important
• Random play remains in effect until you
select Random Off from the random play
menu options.
• You can’t use random play with VR format
DVD-R/-RW discs, Video CDs playing in
PBC mode, MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video/WMV
discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being
displayed.
• You can’t use random play together with
program or repeat play.
1 Press PLAY MODE and select ‘Random’
from the list of functions on the left.
2 Select a random play option.
The random play options available depend on
the kind of disc loaded. For example, for DVD-
Video discs, you can select Random Title or
Random Chapter (or Random Off).
• For DVD-Audio discs, select Random
Group or Random Track, (or Random
Off).
• For CDs, SACDs and Video CDs, select On
or Off to switch random play on or off.
Tip
• Use the following controls during random
play:
Button What it does
Selects a new track/title/chapter
at random.
Returns to the beginning of the
current track/title/chapter;
further presses select another
random track/title/chapter.
DV48AV_EN.book 31 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
33
En
Searching a disc
You can search DVD-Video discs by title or
chapter number, or by time; DVD-Audio discs
can be searched by group or track number;
SACDs by track number, CDs and Video CDs
by track number or time; DivX video /WMV
discs by time, and some DivX media files by
chapter number.
Important
• Search functions are not available with
Video CDs in PBC mode, or with MP3/
WMA/MPEG-4 AAC discs.
1 Press PLAY MODE and select ‘Search
Mode’ from the list of functions on the left.
2 Select a search mode.
The search options available depend on the
kind of disc loaded.
• The disc must be playing in order to use
time search.
3 Use the number buttons to enter a title,
chapter or track number, or a time.
• For a time search, enter the number of
minutes and seconds into the currently
playing title (DVD/ DivX video/WMV) or
track (CD/Video CD) you want playback to
resume from. For example, press 4, 5, 0, 0
to have playback start from 45 minutes into
the disc. For 1 hour, 20 minutes and 30
seconds, press 8, 0, 3, 0.
• Some DVD-Audio discs feature pages of
browsable pictures. Enter the page
number you want.
4 Press ENTER to start playback.
Switching subtitles
Some DVD-Video and DivX video discs have
subtitles in one or more languages; the disc
box will usually tell you which subtitle
languages are available. You can switch
subtitle language during playback.
1 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a
subtitle option.
Note
• Some discs only allow you to change
subtitle language from the disc menu.
Press TOP MENU or MENU to access.
• To set subtitle preferences, see Subtitle
Language on page 41.
• See on
page 10 for more on DivX subtitles.
DV48AV_EN.book 33 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
USB playback
06
35
En
Chapter 6
USB playback
Using the USB interface
It is possible to listen to two-channel audio and
watch JPEG files using the USB interface on
the front of this unit. Connect a USB mass
storage device as shown below.
Note
• This includes playback of MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG files (except files with
copy-protection or restricted playback).
• Compatible USB devices include portable
flash memory (particularly keydrives) and
digital audio players (MP3 players) of
format FAT16/32. It is not possible to
connect this unit to a personal computer
for USB playback.
• Pioneer cannot guarantee compatibility
(operation and/or bus power) with all USB
mass storage devices and assumes no
responsibility for any loss of data that may
occur when connected to this unit.
• With large amounts of data, it may take
longer for the system to read the contents
of a USB device.
• The Home Menu cannot be displayed
while using the USB mode.
1 With the player switched on, press
DVD/USB.
Make sure your TV is on and set to the correct
video input, and that USB MODE is showing
on the front panel display.
2 Connect your USB device.
The USB terminal is located on the front panel.
• Disc Navigator is automatically displayed.
3 Press ENTER to start playback.
• The method of playback for files saved on a
USB device is the same as for other discs.
For more information, see
on page 23 and on
page 27.
4 Turn off this player and remove the
USB device.
• The next time you turn this player on it will
start up in USB mode. To return to DVD
mode, either press DVD/USB or press
OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray.
Important
If a USB ERR message lights in the display, it
may mean that the power requirements of the
USB device are too high for this player, or that
the device is incompatible. Try the following:
• Switch the player off, then on again.
• Reconnecting the USB device with the
player switched off.
• Change the player back to DVD mode
(LOADING will appear in the front panel
display whether a disc is inserted or not) by
pressing DVD/USB, then once again
select USB mode (USB MODE will appear
in the front panel display).
• Using a dedicated AC adapter (supplied
with the device) for USB power.
If this doesn’t remedy the problem, it is likely
your USB device is incompatible.
USB mass
sto age device
DV48AV_EN.book 35 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus
07
37
En
• How good the surround effect is varies
with the disc.
Note
• 96 kHz linear PCM audio is automatically
downsampled to 48 kHz if the Equalizer is
switched on.
Dialog
•Settings:High, Medium, Low, Off
The Dialog feature is designed to make the
dialog stand out from other background
sounds in the soundtracks.
Video Adjust menu
From the Video Adjust screen you can adjust
various settings that affect how the picture is
presented.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Video
Adjust’ from the on-screen display.
2 Make settings using the
(cursor) buttons, and ENTER.
You can adjust the following picture quality
settings:
•Sharpness – Adjusts the sharpness of
edges in the picture (Fine, Standard
, Soft).
•Brightness – Adjusts the overall
brightness (–20 to +20).
•Contrast – Adjusts the contrast between
light and dark (–16 to +16).
•Gamma – Adjusts the ‘warmth’ of the
picture (High, Medium, Low, Off
).
•Hue – Adjusts the red/green balance
(green 9 to red 9).
•Chroma Level – Adjusts how saturated
colors appear (–9 to +9).
•BNR – Switches on/off block noise
reduction (On, Off ).
Adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Hue and
Chroma Level settings using the (cursor
left/right) buttons.
3 Press ENTER to return to the Video
Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit.
DV48AV_EN.book 37 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
39
En
Digital Audio Out settings
Setting Option What it means
Digital Out On Digital audio is output from the digital outputs.
No digital audio output.
Dolby Digital Out Dolby Digital Dolby Digital encoded digital audio is output when playing a
Dolby Digital DVD disc.
Dolby Digital audio is converted to PCM audio before being
output.
DTS Out DTS DTS encoded digital audio is output when playing a DTS disc.
(Noise will be output if your amplifier/receiver is not
compatible with DTS audio.)
No digital audio is output when playing a DTS disc.DTS audio
is converted to PCM audio before being output.
Linear PCM Out Down Sample On 96 kHz digital audio is converted to 48 kHz for digital output.
96 kHz digital audio is output as is at 96 kHz.
MPEG Out MPEG > PCM MPEG encoded digital audio is converted to PCM audio for
digital output.
MPEG encoded digital audio is output as is.
HDMI Out LPCM (2CH) Set if your monitor or device only accepts stereo input. On
this setting multichannel audio is downmixed to 2 channels
for stereo linear PCM output.
Set if the monitor or device you have connected using HDMI
is compatible with Liner PCM multi-channel formats. All
audio signals are output as linear PCM 5.1 format. (Use this
setting if you want to decode all streams by a player)
Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG sources are processed
according to how they were encoded, and linear PCM
sources are heard as is. SACD sources are output as linear
PCM.
Set if you want to output DSD audio from an SACD source.
No digital audio output. Choose this option when you want to
change the Digital Audio Out, SACD Playback and
Speakers settings.
DV48AV_EN.book 39 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
41
En
Language settings
Display settings
Setting Option What it means
Audio Language English If there is an English soundtrack on the disc then it will be
played.
If there is the language selected on the disc, then it will be
played.
Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
Subtitle Language
(See also
on
page 10.)
English If there are English subtitles on the disc then they will be
displayed.
If there is the subtitle language selected on the disc, then it
will be displayed.
Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
DVD Menu
Lang.
w/Subtitle Lang. DVD disc menus will be displayed in the same language as
your selected subtitle language, if possible.
DVD disc menus will be displayed in the selected language,
if possible.
Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed according to your selected subtitle
language (see above).
Subtitles are always off by default when you play a DVD disc
(note that some discs override this setting).
Setting Option What it means
OSD Language English On-screen displays of the player are in English.
On-screen displays are shown in the language selected.
Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle
scenes on a DVD disc.
No multi-angle indication is shown.
DV48AV_EN.book 41 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
43
En
Changing your password
To change your password, confirm your
existing password then enter a new one.
1 Select ‘Password Change’.
2 Use the number buttons to enter your
existing password, then press ENTER.
3 Enter a new password and press ENTER.
This registers the new password and you will
return to the Options menu screen.
Setting/changing the Parental Lock
1 Select ‘Level Change’.
2 Use number buttons to enter your
password, then press ENTER.
3 Select a new level and press ENTER.
• Press (cursor left) repeatedly to lock
more levels (more discs will require the
password); press (cursor right) to
unlock levels. You can’t lock level 1.
This sets the new level and you will return to
the Options menu screen.
Setting/changing the Country/Area
code
You can find the on
page 61.
1 Select ‘Country Code’.
2 Use number buttons to enter your
password, then press ENTER.
3 Select a Country/Area code and press
ENTER.
There are two ways you can do this:
• Select by code letter: Use (cursor up/
down) to change the Country/Area code.
• Select by code number: Press (cursor
right) then use the number buttons to
enter the 4-digit Country/Area code.
The new Country/Area code is set and you will
return to the Options menu screen. Note that
the new Country/Area code doesn’t take effect
until the next disc is loaded (or the current disc
is reloaded).
DTS Downmix
• Default setting: STEREO
If you’ve selected DTS > PCM in on
page 39 or 2 Channel in on
page 45, you can choose the way the signal is
downmixed to PCM audio. STEREO will
downmix the DTS signal to 2-channel stereo,
whereas Lt/Rt will downmix to a 2-channel
signal compatible with Dolby surround matrix
decoders. (This allows you to hear surround
sound if your AV receiver or amplifier has
Dolby Pro Logic capability.)
DV48AV_EN.book 43 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
45
En
Speakers settings
Audio Output Mode
• Default setting: 2 Channel
If you connected this player to your amplifier
using the 5.1 channel analog outputs (front,
surround, center and subwoofer outs), set this
to 5.1 Channel; if you connected only the
stereo outs, set to 2 Channel.
Note
• Even if you set Audio Output Mode to
5.1 Channel, you’ll only get sound from all
speakers when playing a 5.1 channel
multi-channel disc.
• When set to 5.1 Channel, only the front left/
right channels are output from the AUDIO
OUT (2ch) jacks. Change to 2 Channel if
you want to listen to downmixed stereo
audio (for example, because you are
listening through the TV’s built-in
speakers).
• When set to 5.1 Channel there is no digital
output when playing DVD-Audio.
•Ifyousetto2 Channel, Dolby Digital, DTS
and MPEG audio is mixed down to two
channels so you still hear all the audio
recorded on the disc. With DTS encoded
audio, you can choose how the signal is
downmixed to PCM audio. See
on page 43 to change the
downmix setting.
• Some DVD-Audio discs don’t allow down-
mixing of audio. These discs always output
multi-channel audio regardless of the
setting made here.
Setting Option What it means
Audio Output
Mode
2 Channel The player outputs analog audio in stereo only. See also
below.
The player outputs 5.1 channel analog audio. See also
below.
Speaker Distance – Specify the distance of your speakers from your listening
position. See also on page 49.
Speaker
Installation
–Specify the number and size of speakers in your system. See
also on page 50.
DV48AV_EN.book 45 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
47
En
About the HDMI audio output settings
The table below shows how the audio settings you make in the HDMI Out (see on
page 39) and Audio Output Mode screens ( on page 45) affect the HDMI
output with various types of disc.
*1These formats include DVD-RW discs.
*2If the connected component is not DVD-Audio (CPPM) compatible, it is not possible to output
CPPM copy-controlled DVD-Audio sources from the HDMI connection (see
on page 48 for more on this).
*3If the discs prohibit downmixing, output Front L/R.
*4If the HDMI device you are using is not compatible with Multi-ch formats, the output signal is
the same as LPCM (2CH) setting.
*5If the HDMI device you are using is not compatible with these compressed formats, the signal
is output as linear PCM.
*6If the connected HDMI device is not compatible with protected audio contents (such as
DVD-Audio or SACD), SACD audio is not output from the HDMI terminal.
*7 Analog SACD audio is not output when you have set to Auto (DSD).
DV48AV_EN.book 47 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
49
En
Speaker Distance
• Default settings: all speakers 10.0ft
To get the best surround sound from your
system, you should set up the speaker
distances from your listening position.
1Usethe (cursor up/down) to select
a speaker.
•The
Land Rspeakers are paired; you can’t
set them differently.
2Press (cursor right) to change the
speaker distance for the highlighted
speaker.
3Usethe (cursor up/down) to
change the distance.
• When you change the distance settings of
the front left (L) or front right (R) speakers,
all the other speaker distances change
relative to it.
• Front left/right (L/R) speaker distances can
be set from 1.0 ft to 30.0 ft in 1.0 ft
increments.
• The center speaker (C) can be set from
–7.0 ft to 0.0 ft relative to the front left/right
speakers.
• Surround left/right (SL/SR) speakers can
be set from –20.0 ft to 0.0 ft relative to the
front left/right speakers.
• You can’t set the subwoofer (SW) distance.
4 Press (cursor left) to go back to the
speaker list if you want to modify another
speaker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker
Distance screen.
Note
During playback of SACD and MPEG-audio
DVD-Video discs, the effective C, SL and SR
speaker distance settings are –3.0 ft to 0.0 ft
relative to the front left/right speakers.
DV48AV_EN.book 49 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
51
En
Chapter 9
Additional information
Taking care of your player and
discs
General
Hold discs by the edge or by the center hole
and edge.
When you’re not using a disc, return it to its
case and store upright. Avoid leaving discs in
excessively cold, humid, or hot environments
(including under direct sunlight).
Don’t glue paper or put stickers on to discs. Do
not use a pencil, ball-point pen or other sharp-
tipped writing instrument to write on the disc.
Don’t use self-adhesive disc labels on discs as
these can cause the disc to warp slightly
during playback causing distortion in the
picture and/or sound.
Damaged and shaped discs
Do not use cracked, chipped, warped, or
otherwise damaged discs as they may damage
the player.
This player is designed to be used only with
conventional, fully circular discs. Do not use
shaped discs. Pioneer disclaims all liability
arising in connection with the use of shaped
discs.
Cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on discs can affect
playback performance. Clean using a soft, dry
cloth, wiping the disc lightly from the center to
the outside edge as shown below.
If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or
a commercially available CD/DVD cleaning kit
to clean a disc more thoroughly. Never use
benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents,
including products designed for cleaning vinyl
records.
Cleaning the unit’s exterior
Unplug the unit before cleaning.
Use a dry cloth to wipe off dust and dirt. If the
surfaces are very dirty, wipe with a soft cloth
dipped in some neutral cleanser diluted five or
six times with water and wrung out well, then
wipe again with a dry cloth.
Do not use furniture wax or cleaners. Never
use thinners, benzine or insecticide sprays or
other chemicals on or near this unit.
If you use a chemical-impregnated cleaning
cloth, read the instructions carefully before
use. These cloths may leave smear marks on
half-mirror finish surfaces; if this happens,
finish with a dry cloth.
Cleaning the pickup lens
The DVD player’s lens should not become dirty
in normal use, but if for some reason it should
malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your
nearest Pioneer-authorized service center. We
do not recommend using commercially
available lens cleaners for CD players.
DV48AV_EN.book 51 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
53
En
Resetting the player
Use this procedure to reset all the player’s
settings to the factory default.
1 Switch the player into standby.
2 Using the front panel buttons, hold
down the (stop) button and press
STANDBY/ON to switch the player back
on.
All the player’s settings are now reset.
DVD-Video regions
All DVD-Video discs carry a region mark on the
case somewhere that indicates which
region(s) of the world the disc is compatible
with. Your DVD player also has a region mark,
which you can find on the rear panel. Discs
from incompatible regions will not play in this
player. In this case the attention sentence
Incompatible disc region number Can’t
play disc is displayed on screen. Discs
marked ALL will play in any player. The
diagram below shows the various DVD regions
of the world.
Selecting languages using the
language code list
Some of the language options (such as ‘DVD
Menu Lang.’ in the Initial Settings) allow you to
set your preferred language from any of the
136 languages listed in the language code list
on page 61.
1 Select ‘Other Language’.
2Usethe (cursor left/right)
buttons to select either a code letter or a
code number.
3Usethe (cursor up/down) buttons
to select a code letter or a code number.
See on page 61 for a
complete list of languages and codes.
DV48AV_EN.book 53 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
55
En
No picture/No color. • Incorrect video connections: Check that connections are correct and
that plugs are inserted fully. Also check the video cable for damage.
• TV/monitor or AV amplifier settings are incorrect: Check the
instruction manual of the connected equipment.
• The video output is set to progressive but your TV/monitor is not
compatible with progressive scan: See page 13 for how to set to
Interlace.
Screen is stretched or
aspect does not change.
• The TV Screen setting in the Initial Settings menu is incorrect. See
page 52 for how to set it correctly for your TV/monitor.
Picture disturbance
during playback or the
picture is dark.
• This player is compatible with Macro-Vision System copy guard.
Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of
disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the
picture depending on the TV. This is not a malfunction.
• Due to the player’s copy protection circuits, connection of this device
through a VCR or an AV selector may prevent recording or cause
picture problems. This is not a malfunction.
No audio, or audio is
distorted.
• No audio is output during slow motion playback or when scanning
discs other than audio CDs and SACDs.
• Some DVD discs do not output digital audio: Switch your amplifier to
the player’s analog outputs.
• Check that the disc is free from dust and dirt, and that it is not
damaged (page 51).
• Check that all interconnects are firmly inserted.
• Check that the plugs and terminals are free of dirt, oxide, etc. and
clean if necessary. Also check the cable for damage.
• Make sure the player’s output is not connected to the amplifier’s
phono (turntable) inputs.
• Check your amplifier/receiver’s settings (volume, input function,
speaker settings, etc.).
The analog audio is OK,
but there appears to be
no digital audio signal.
• Make sure that the Digital Out setting is set to On (page 39).
• Check that the Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG out settings (page 39)
are suitable for your amplifier/receiver — check the instruction manual
that came with your amplifier/receiver.
• SACDs and some DVD-Audio discs do not output digital audio.
Listen through the player’s analog audio outputs.
Noticeable difference in
DVD and CD volume.
• This is due to differences in the audio format and is not a
malfunction.
Problem Remedy
DV48AV_EN.book 55 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
57
En
HDMI troubleshooting
Problem Remedy
No HDMI audio output. • Check whether or not HDMI Out is set to Off. (See on
page 39.)
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High-
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, unreliable signal transfers may result.
• If the front panel HDMI indicator is lit:
– You won’t hear any sound from the HDMI output if the source
component is only DVI/HDCP-compatible.
• If the front panel
HDMI indicator is unlit then:
– Make sure that you’ve selected this player as the HDMI input in the
settings for the component you’re using. You may need to refer to the
instruction manual of the component to do this.
– Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and that the cable
isn’t damaged.
– Check that components connected using the HDMI interface are
switched on and HDMI compatible.
No HDMI video output. • Make sure that you’ve selected this player as the HDMI input in the
settings for the component you’re using. You may need to refer to the
instruction manual of the component to do this.
• Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and that the cable
isn’t damaged.
• Check that components connected using the HDMI interface are
switched on and HDMI compatible.
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal
transfers.
• Make sure the resolution on this player matches that of the
component you have connected using HDMI. See on
page 40 to change the HDMI resolution. See
on page 16 if you
want to reset the output resolution.
No multichannel HDMI
audio.
• Make sure the HDMI Out setting is set to Auto, Auto (DSD) or
LPCM (5.1CH) (see on page 39 to do this). See also
on page 47 and
on page 48.
No sound is output from
the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch)
jack when connected via
HDMI.
• Check whether or not HDMI Out is set to Off. (See on
page 39.)
Component Out cannot
be set to Interlace.
• You can use the Interlace setting if the HDMI Resolution is set to
720 x 480i.
DV48AV_EN.book 57 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
59
En
Glossary
Analog audio Direct representation of sound by an
electrical signal. See also .
Aspect ratio The width of a TV screen relative to its
height. Conventional TVs are 4:3;
widescreen models are 16:9.
Bonus Group
(DVD-Audio
only)
An ‘extra’ group on some DVD-Audio
discs that requires a key number to
access.
Browsable
pictures
(DVD-Audio
only)
A feature of some DVD-Audio discs in
which the user can browse still
pictures recorded on the disc as the
audio is played.
Digital audio Indirect representation of sound using
numbers. See also
and .
DivX DivX is a media technology created by
DivX, Inc. DivX media files contain not
only video but also include advanced
media features like menus, subtitles,
and alternate audiotracks.
Dolby Digital A multi-channel audio encoding
system developed by Dolby
Laboratories that enables far more
audio to be stored on a disc than PCM
encoding. See also
.
DRM DRM (digital rights management) copy
protection is a technology designed to
prevent unauthorized copying by
restricting playback, etc. of
compressed audio files on devices
other than the PC (or other recording
equipment) used to record it. For
detailed information, please see the
instruction manuals or help files that
came with your PC and/or software.
DTS A multi-channel audio encoding
system developed by Digital Theater
Systems that enables far more audio to
be stored on a disc than PCM
encoding. See also
.
DSD
(Direct
Stream
Digital)
The Digital Audio encoding system
found on SACDs, that expresses the
audio signals by the pulse density of
one bit data.
EXIF
(Exchangeable
Image File)
A file format developed by FUJIFILM for
digital still cameras. Digital cameras
from various manufacturers use this
compressed file format which carries
date, time and thumbnail information,
as well as the picture data.
File
extension
A tag added to the end of a filename to
indicate the type of file. For example,
“.mp3” indicates an MP3 file.
HDMI HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia
Interface) is a high-speed digital
interface which has the capability to
support standard, enhanced, or high-
definition video plus standard to multi-
channel surround-sound audio on a
single digital connection. HDMI
features include uncompressed digital
video, a bandwidth of up to 5 gigabytes
per second and communication
between the AV source and AV devices
such as DTVs.
ISO 9660
format
International standard for the volume
and file structure of CD-ROM discs.
JPEG A standard file format used for still
images. JPEG files are identified by the
file extension “.jpg”.
MP3 MP3 (MPEG1 audio layer 3) is a
compressed stereo audio file format.
Files are recognized by their file
extension “.mp3”.
MPEG-4 AAC MPEG-4 AAC is a compressed stereo
audio file format. Files are recognized
by the extention ‘.m4a’.
Note that some files purchased with
copyright protection (such as files from
the iTunes store) may not playback.
MPEG audio An audio format used on Video CDs
and some DVD discs.
Packed PCM
(DVD-Audio
only)
A lossless compression system that
enables more PCM audio to be stored
on a DVD-Audio disc than would
otherwise be possible.
PBC
(PlayBack
Control)
A system of navigating a Video CD
through on-screen menus recorded
onto the disc.
PCM
(Pulse Code
Modulation)
Digital audio encoding system found
on CDs. Good quality, but requires a lot
of data compared to Dolby Digital, DTS
and MPEG encoded audio. See also
.
DV48AV_EN.book 59 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
61
En
Language code list
Language (Language code letter), Language code
Country/Area code list
Country/Area, Country/Area code, Country/Area code letter
Japanese (ja), 1001
English (en), 0514
French (fr), 0618
German (de), 0405
Italian (it), 0920
Spanish (es), 0519
Chinese (zh), 2608
Dutch (nl), 1412
Portuguese (pt), 1620
Swedish (sv), 1922
Russian (ru), 1821
Korean (ko), 1115
Greek (el), 0512
Afar (aa), 0101
Abkhazian (ab), 0102
Afrikaans (af), 0106
Amharic (am), 0113
Arabic (ar), 0118
Assamese (as), 0119
Aymara (ay), 0125
Azerbaijani (az), 0126
Bashkir (ba), 0201
Byelorussian (be), 0205
Bulgarian (bg), 0207
Bihari (bh), 0208
Bislama (bi), 0209
Bengali (bn), 0214
Tibetan (bo), 0215
Breton (br), 0218
Catalan (ca), 0301
Corsican (co), 0315
Czech (cs), 0319
Welsh (cy), 0325
Danish (da), 0401
Bhutani (dz), 0426
Esperanto (eo), 0515
Estonian (et), 0520
Basque (eu), 0521
Persian (fa), 0601
Finnish (fi), 0609
Fiji (fj), 0610
Faroese (fo), 0615
Frisian (fy), 0625
Irish (ga), 0701
Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704
Galician (gl), 0712
Guarani (gn), 0714
Gujarati (gu), 0721
Hausa (ha), 0801
Hindi (hi), 0809
Croatian (hr), 0818
Hungarian (hu), 0821
Armenian (hy), 0825
Interlingua (ia), 0901
Interlingue (ie), 0905
Inupiak (ik), 0911
Indonesian (in), 0914
Icelandic (is), 0919
Hebrew (iw), 0923
Yiddish (ji), 1009
Javanese (jw), 1023
Georgian (ka), 1101
Kazakh (kk), 1111
Greenlandic (kl), 1112
Cambodian (km), 1113
Kannada (kn), 1114
Kashmiri (ks), 1119
Kurdish (ku), 1121
Kirghiz (ky), 1125
Latin (la), 1201
Lingala (ln), 1214
Laothian (lo), 1215
Lithuanian (lt), 1220
Latvian (lv), 1222
Malagasy (mg), 1307
Maori (mi), 1309
Macedonian (mk), 1311
Malayalam (ml), 1312
Mongolian (mn), 1314
Moldavian (mo), 1315
Marathi (mr), 1318
Malay (ms), 1319
Maltese (mt), 1320
Burmese (my), 1325
Nauru (na), 1401
Nepali (ne), 1405
Norwegian (no), 1415
Occitan (oc), 1503
Oromo (om), 1513
Oriya (or), 1518
Panjabi (pa), 1601
Polish (pl), 1612
Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619
Quechua (qu), 1721
Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813
Kirundi (rn), 1814
Romanian (ro), 1815
Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823
Sanskrit (sa), 1901
Sindhi (sd), 1904
Sangho (sg), 1907
Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908
Sinhalese (si), 1909
Slovak (sk), 1911
Slovenian (sl), 1912
Samoan (sm), 1913
Shona (sn), 1914
Somali (so), 1915
Albanian (sq), 1917
Serbian (sr), 1918
Siswati (ss), 1919
Sesotho (st), 1920
Sundanese (su), 1921
Swahili (sw), 1923
Tamil (ta), 2001
Telugu (te), 2005
Tajik (tg), 2007
Thai (th), 2008
Tigrinya (ti), 2009
Turkmen (tk), 2011
Tagalog (tl), 2012
Setswana (tn), 2014
Tonga (to), 2015
Turkish (tr), 2018
Tsonga (ts), 2019
Tatar (tt), 2020
Twi (tw), 2023
Ukrainian (uk), 2111
Urdu (ur), 2118
Uzbek (uz), 2126
Vietnamese (vi), 2209
Volapük (vo), 2215
Wolof (wo), 2315
Xhosa (xh), 2408
Yoruba (yo), 2515
Zulu (zu), 2621
Argentina, 0118, ar
Australia, 0121, au
Austria, 0120, at
Belgium, 0205, be
Brazil, 0218, br
Canada, 0301, ca
Chile, 0312, cl
China, 0314, cn
Denmark, 0411, dk
Finland, 0609, fi
France, 0618, fr
Germany, 0405, de
Hong Kong, 0811, hk
India, 0914, in
Indonesia, 0904, id
Italy, 0920, it
Japan, 1016, jp
Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr
Malaysia, 1325, my
Mexico, 1324, mx
Netherlands, 1412, nl
New Zealand, 1426, nz
Norway, 1415, no
Pakistan, 1611, pk
Philippines, 1608, ph
Portugal, 1620, pt
Russian Federation, 1821 , ru
Singapore, 1907, sg
Spain, 0519, es
Sweden, 1905, se
Switzerland, 0308, ch
Taiwan, 2023, tw
Thailand, 2008, th
United Kingdom, 0702, gb
USA, 2119, us
DV48AV_EN.book 61 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

Before you start
01
6
En
Chapter 1
Before you start
Features
• HDMI1digital interface
The HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia
Interface) interconnect provides high quality
digital audio and video, all from a single user-
friendly connector. HDMI is the first consumer
electronics interface to support
uncompressed standard, enhanced, or high-
definition video plus standard to multi-channel
surround sound audio, all using one interface.
You can easily connect to a HDMI-equipped
AV receiver or audiovisual device for high
quality audio and video, and communication
between the video source and (DTV) players,
set-top boxes, and other audiovisual devices is
also supported.
• PureCinema Progressive Scan video
When connected to a progressive scan-
compatible TV or monitor using the
component video outputs, you can enjoy
extremely stable, flicker free images, with the
same frame refresh rate as the original movie.
• New Disc Navigator with moving
pictures
The new Disc Navigator enables you play the
first few seconds of each title or chapter in a
thumbnail image on screen.
• DSP effects for enhanced playback
See Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus on
page 36.
• Picture zoom
See Zooming the screen on page 34.
• MP3, WMA and MPEG-4 AAC
compatibility
See Compressed audio compatibility on page 9.
• JPEG compatibility
See JPEG file compatibility on page 10.
•DivX
®2 video compatibility
See DivX video compatibility on page 10.
• WMV compatibility
See CD-R/-RW compatibility on page 8 or About
WMV on page 10.
• Energy saving design
An auto power-off function switches the player
into standby if not used for about 30 minutes.
• DVD-Audio and SACD compatible
Experience the super high-quality audio
performance of DVD-Audio and Super Audio
CD (SACD).
• 24-bit/192 kHz compatible DAC
The on-board 24-bit/192 kHz DAC means that
this player is fully compatible with high
sampling-rate discs, capable of delivering
exceptional sound quality in terms of dynamic
range, low-level resolution and high-frequency
detail.
1. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
licensing LLC.
2. DivX, DivX Ultra Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license.
DV48AV_EN.book 6 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
8
En
Hints on installation
We want you to enjoy using this product for
years to come, so please use the following
guidelines when choosing a suitable location:
Do...
• Use in a well-ventilated room.
• Place on a solid, flat, level surface, such as
a table, shelf or stereo rack.
Don’t...
• Use in a place exposed to high
temperatures or humidity, including near
radiators and other heat-generating
appliances.
• Place on a window sill or a place where the
player will be exposed to direct sunlight.
• Use in an excessively dusty or damp
environment.
• Place directly on top of an amplifier, or
other component in your stereo system
that becomes hot in use.
• Use near a television or monitor as you
may experience interference — especially
if the television uses an indoor antenna.
• Use in a kitchen or other room where the
player may be exposed to smoke or steam.
• Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with
cloth — this may prevent proper cooling of
the unit.
• Place on an unstable surface, or one that
is not large enough to support all four of
the unit’s feet.
Disc/content format playback
compatibility
This player is compatible with a wide range of
disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs
will generally feature one of the following logos
on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note
however that some disc types, such as
recordable CD and DVD, may be in an
unplayable format — see below for further
compatibility information.
Please also note that recordable discs cannot be
recorded using this player.
•This unit will play DVD+R/+RW discs.
• is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo
Licensing Corporation.
• is a trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation.
• Also compatible with KODAK Picture CD
About DualDisc playback
A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side
of which contains DVD content video, audio,
etc. while the other side contains non-DVD
content such as digital audio material.
The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not
compliant with the CD Audio specification and
therefore may not play.
The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this
product. DVD-Audio content will not play.
For more detailed information on the DualDisc
specification, please refer to the disc
manufacturer or disc retailer.
CD-R/-RW compatibility
• Compatible formats: CD-Audio, Video CD,
ISO 9660 CD-ROM* containing MP3,
WMA, MPEG-4 AAC, JPEG or DivX video/
WMV files
* ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 compliant. CD
physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1.
Romeo and Joliet file systems are both
compatible with this player.
DVD-Video DVD-R DVD-RW
Video CDAudio CD CD-R CD-RW
DVD-Audio
Super Audio CD
Fujicolor CD
DV48AV_EN.book 8 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
10
En
Displaying external subtitle files
The font sets listed below are available for
external subtitle files. You can see the proper
font set on-screen by setting the Subtitle
Language (in Language settings on page 41)
to match the subtitle file.
This player supports the following language
groups:
• Some external subtitle files may be
displayed incorrectly or not at all.
• For external subtitle files the following
subtitle format filename extensions are
supported (please note that these files are
not shown within the disc navigation
menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi
• The filename of the movie file has to be
repeated at the beginning of the filename
for the external subtitle file.
• The number of external subtitle files which
can be switched for the same movie file is
limited to a maximum of 10.
DivX video compatibility
• Official DivX®Ultra Certified product.
• Plays all versions of DivX®video (including
DivX®6) with enhanced playback of DivX®
media files and the DivX®Media Format.
• File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must
be used for the player to recognize DivX
video files). Note that all files with the .avi
extension are recognized as MPEG4, but not
all of these are necessarily DivX video files
and therefore may not be playable on this
player.
About WMV
WMV is an acronym for Windows Media Video
and refers to a video compression technology
developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMV
content can be encoded by using Windows
Media®Encoder.
• This player is compatible with WMV9 files
that are encoded by using the Windows
Media®Encoder 9 Series, with .wmv as an
extension.
• Compatible with size under 720 x 480
pixels.
• Advanced Profile is not supported.
• DRM-protected video files will not play in
this player.
JPEG file compatibility
• Compatible formats: Baseline JPEG and
EXIF 2.2* still image files up to a resolution
of 3072 x 2048.
*File format used by digital still cameras.
• Progressive JPEG compatible: No
• File extensions: .jpg (must be used for the
player to recognize JPEG files – do not use
for other file types)
PC-created disc compatibility
Discs recorded using a personal computer
may not be playable in this unit due to the
setting of the application software used to
create the disc. In these particular instances,
check with the software publisher for more
detailed information.
Discs recorded in packet write mode (UDF
format) are not compatible with this player.
Check the DVD-R/-RW or CD-R/-RW software
disc boxes for additional compatibility
information.
Group 1 Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca),
Danish (da), Dutch (nl), English (en),
Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr),
German (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), Italian
(it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt),
Rhaeto-Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd),
Spanish (es), Swedish (sv)
Group 2 Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs),
Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro),
Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl)
Group 3 Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be),
Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr),
Ukrainian (uk)
Group 4 Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji)
Group 5 Turkish (tr)
DV48AV_EN.book 10 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
12
En
Connecting using the S-video
output
If your TV (or other equipment) has an S-video
(S1) input, you can use the S-video output on
this player instead of the standard (composite)
output for a better quality picture.
• Use an S-video cable (not supplied) to
connect the S-VIDEO OUT to an S-video
input on your TV (or monitor or AV
receiver).
Line up the small triangle above the jack with
the same mark on the plug before plugging in.
Connecting using the
component video output
You can use the component video output
instead of the standard video out jack to
connect this player to your TV (or other
equipment). This should give you the best
quality picture from the three types of video
output available.
• Use a component video cable (not
supplied) to connect the COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT jacks to a component video
input on your TV, monitor or AV receiver.
TV
TV
DV48AV_EN.book 12 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
14
En
Connecting the multichannel analog
outputs
If your AV receiver has 5.1 channel analog
inputs, we recommend connecting this player
to it using the multichannel analog outputs.
Doing this will ensure that you can enjoy all
kinds of disc, including Dolby Digital and DTS
DVD-Video discs, as well as high sampling rate
and multichannel DVD-Audio and SACD
discs.
• Connect the multi-channel audio
outputs on this player to the multi-channel
audio inputs on your AV receiver.
It’s convenient to use three stereo audio
cables; one for the FRONT, one for the
SURROUND and one for the CENTER and
SUBWOOFER channels.
You can also use the S-video or component
video jacks to connect to the AV receiver if you
prefer.
Tip
• After connecting up and switching on, you
should change the Audio Output Mode
setting in the Initial Setup menu from the
default 2 Channel to 5.1 Channel. See
also Audio Output Mode on page 45.
Connecting the digital output
This player has both optical and coaxial-type
digital audio outputs for connection to an AV
receiver. Connect whichever is convenient.
Depending on the capabilities of your AV
receiver, you might have to set up this player to
output only digital audio in a compatible
format. See Digital Audio Out settings on
page 39 and refer to the operating instructions
that came with your AV receiver.
Note that SACD audio is not output through
these jacks, so this connection should be in
addition to, rather than instead of, a 5.1
channel analog connection.
• Connect one of the DIGITAL AUDIO
OUT jacks on this player to a digital input
on your AV receiver.
For an optical connection, use an optical cable
(not supplied) to connect the OPTICAL
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack to an optical input
on your AV receiver.
For a coaxial connection, use a coaxial cable
(similar to the supplied video cable) to connect
the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack to a
coaxial input on your AV receiver.
AV eceive
AV eceive
DV48AV_EN.book 14 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
16
En
About HDMI
HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface)
supports both video and audio on a single
digital connection for use with DVD players,
DTV, set-top boxes, and other AV devices.
HDMI was developed to provide the
technologies of High-bandwidth Digital
Content Protection (HDCP) as well as Digital
Visual Interface (DVI) in one specification.
HDCP is used to protect digital content
transmitted and received by DVI-compliant
displays.
HDMI has the capability to support standard,
enhanced, or high-definition video plus
standard to multi-channel surround-sound
audio. HDMI features include uncompressed
digital video, a bandwidth of up to five
gigabytes per second (with HDTV signals), one
connector (instead of several cables and
connectors), and communication between the
AV source and AV devices such as DTVs.
Resetting the output resolution to the
default setting with HDMI connection
Switch the player to standby then, using the
front panel controls, press STANDBY/ON
while pressing to switch the player back to
480P.
You can also use the HDMI RESOLUTION
button on the remote control to switch the
player back to 480P.
DV48AV_EN.book 16 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Controls and displays
03
18
En
Remote control
Tip
• All buttons glow slightly in the dark for
ease of use.
1STANDBY/ON (page 20)
2 FL DIMMER
Press to change the display brightness.
3 Number buttons (page 23)
4CLEAR(page 32)
5 AUDIO (page 34)
6SUBTITLE (page 33)
7TOPMENU(page 24)
8 ENTER & cursor buttons (page 20)
9HOMEMENU(page 20)
10 SURROUND (page 36)
11 PLAY MODE (page 30)
12 and (page 23, 27)
13 PLAY (page 23)
14 PREV (page 23)
15 PAUSE (page 23)
16 OPEN/CLOSE (page 22)
17 HDMI COLOR (page 40)
18 HDMI RESOLUTION +/– (page 16, 40)
19 ENTER (page 20)
20 DVD/USB (page 35)
21 ANGLE (page 34)
22 MENU (page 24)
23 RETURN (page 20)
24 ZOOM (page 34)
25 DISPLAY (page 34)
26 and (page 23, 27)
27 NEXT (page 23)
28 STOP (page 23)
29 TV CONTROL (page 19)
DV48AV_EN.book 18 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
20
En
Chapter 4
Getting started
Switching on
After making sure that everything is connected
properly and that the player is plugged in,
press STANDBY/ON on the front panel or
remote control to switch the player on.
Also, switch on your TV and make sure that it
is set to the input you connected the DVD
player to.
FAQ
• My DVD player switches on but there is
nothing displayed on my TV.
Make sure that the TV is set to the correct
video input (not a TV channel). For
example, if you connected this player to
the VIDEO 1 inputs on your TV, switch your
TV to VIDEO 1.
Note
• This player features a screen saver and an
auto power off function. If the player is
stopped and no button is pressed for
around five minutes, the screen saver
starts. If the disc tray is closed but no disc
is playing and no control is pressed for
about 30 minutes, the player automatically
goes into standby.
Using the on-screen displays
For ease of use, this player makes extensive
use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs).
All the screens are navigated in basically the
same way, using the cursor buttons (
) to change the highlighted item and
pressing ENTER to select it.
Note
• From here on in this manual, the word
‘select’ generally means use the cursor
buttons to highlight an item on-screen,
then press ENTER.
Button What it does
HOME
MENU
Display/exit the on-screen display.
Changes the highlighted menu
item.
ENTER Selects the highlighted menu
item (both ENTER buttons on the
remote work in exactly the same
way).
RETURN Returns to the main menu without
saving changes.
DV48AV_EN.book 20 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
22
En
Playing discs
The basic playback controls for playing DVD,
CD, SACD, Video CD, DivX video/WMV and
MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC discs are covered
here. Further functions are detailed in the next
chapter.
For details on playing JPEG picture discs, see
Viewing a JPEG slideshow on page 28.
Important
• Throughout this manual, the term ‘DVD’
means DVD-Video, DVD-Audio and
DVD-R/-RW. If a function is specific to a
particular kind of DVD disc, it is specified.
1 If the player isn’t already on, press
STANDBY/ON to switch it on.
If you’re playing a DVD, disc containing DivX
video/WMV files or Video CD, also turn on your
TV and make sure that it is set to the correct
video input.
2Press OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc
tray.
3 Load a disc.
Load a disc with the label side facing up, using
the disc tray guide to align the disc (if you’re
loading a double-sided DVD disc, load it with
the side you want to play face down).
4 Press (play) to start playback.
If you’re playing a DVD or Video CD, an on-
screen menu may appear. See DVD-Video and
DivX disc menus on page 24 and Video CD PBC
menus on page 25 for more on how to navigate
these.
• If you’re playing a containing DivX video/
WMV files or MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC
audio files, it may take a few seconds
before playback starts, etc. This is normal.
• Please see Disc/content format playback
compatibility on page 8 if you want to play
a DualDisc (DVD/CD hybrid disc).
Note
• You may find with some DVD discs that
some playback controls don’t work in
certain parts of the disc. This is not a
malfunction.
• If a disc contains a mixture of movie (DivX
video/WMV) and other media file types
(MP3, for example), first select whether to
play the movie files (DivX/WMV)or the
other media file types (MP3/WMA/MPEG-
4 AAC/JPEG) from the on-screen display.
DV48AV_EN.book 22 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
24
En
DVD-Video and DivX disc menus
Some DivX media files and many DVD-Video
and DVD-Audio discs feature menus from
which you can select what you want to watch.
They may also give access to additional
features, such as subtitle and audio language
selection, or special features such as
slideshows. See the disc packaging for details.
Sometimes DivX and DVD-Video menus are
displayed automatically when you start
playback; others only appear when you press
MENU or TOP MENU.
Important
• Some DVD-Audio discs feature a ‘bonus
group’. To play this group you first have to
input a password, which you can find on
the disc’s packaging. Use the number
buttons to input the password.
Button What it does
TOP MENU Displays the ‘top menu’ of a DVD
disc — this varies with the disc.
MENU Displays a DVD disc (or DivX
media files) menu — this varies
with the disc and may be the
same as the ‘top menu’.
Moves the cursor around the
screen.
ENTER Selects the current menu option.
RETURN Returns to the previously dis-
played menu screen. On some
DVD-Audio discs featuring brows-
able pictures, press to display the
browser screen.
Numbers
(remote
only)
Highlights a numbered menu
option (some discs only). Press
ENTER to select.
DV48AV_EN.book 24 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
26
En
• I’ve connected to a HDMI compatible
component but I can’t get any signal and
the front panel HDMI indicator won’t light!
Make sure that you’ve selected this player
as the HDMI input in the settings for the
component you’re using. You may need to
refer to the instruction manual of the
component to do this. See Connecting
using HDMI on page 15 for more on HDMI
compatibility.
• There’s no picture from the HDMI output!
This player cannot display pictures from
DVI compatible sources. See Connecting
using HDMI on page 15 for more on HDMI
compatibility.
Make sure the resolution on this player
matches that of the component you have
connected using HDMI. See HDMI
Resolution on page 40 to change the HDMI
resolution.
• My AV receiver is definitely compatible with
96 kHz/88.2 kHz Linear PCM audio, but it
doesn’t seem to work with this player.
What’s wrong?
For digital copy-protection purposes, some
96 kHz/88.2 kHz DVD discs only output
digital audio downsampled to 48 kHz/
44.1 kHz. This is not a malfunction.
To fully take advantage of the high
sampling rate audio, connect the analog
audio outputs to your amplifier/receiver.
• Why can’t I hear SACD audio through the
digital outputs?
SACD digital audio is only available
through the HDMI outputs when
connected to an HDMI-compatible amp
that can handle protected audio contents.
Some DVD-Audio discs too only output
audio through the analog outputs.
• Is it better to listen to DVD-Audio discs
through the analog outputs?
Some DVD-Audio discs do not output
anything through the digital outputs, and
multichannel discs are downmixed to
stereo for the digital output. In addition,
high sampling rate DVD-Audio discs
(higher than 96 kHz) automatically
downsample audio output from the digital
outputs.
Using the multichannel analog audio
outputs for DVD-Audio have none of these
limitations.
• My DVD-Audio disc starts playing, but then
suddenly stops!
The disc may have been illegally copied.
DV48AV_EN.book 26 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
28
En
Viewing a JPEG slideshow
After loading a CD/CD-R/-RW containing JPEG
picture files, press (play) to start a slideshow
from the first folder/picture on the disc. The
player displays the pictures in each folder in
alphabetical order.
• If the folder contains MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the
slideshow and MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC file repeats. During the audio
playback, you can still use the skip (
), scan ( ) and pause ( )
functions.
Pictures are automatically adjusted so that
they fill as much of the screen as possible (if
the aspect ratio of the picture is different to
your TV screen you may notice black bars at
the sides, or at the top and bottom of the
screen).
While the slideshow is running:
Note
• The time it takes for the player to load a file
increases with large file sizes.
Browsing DVD or Video CD
disc with the Disc Navigator
Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the
contents of a DVD-Video, VR mode DVD-R/-RW
or Video CD disc to find the part you want to
play.
Important
• You can’t use the Disc Navigator with
Video CDs in PBC mode.
1 During playback, press HOME MENU
and select ‘Disc Navigator’ from the on-
screen menu.
2 Select a view option.
The options available depend on the kind of
disc loaded and whether the disc is playing or
not, but include:
•Title – Titles from a DVD-Video disc.
•Chapter – Chapters from the current title
of a DVD-Video disc.
•Track – Tracks from a Video CD disc.
•Time – Thumbnails from a Video CD disc
at 10 minute intervals.
•Original: Title – Original titles from a VR
mode DVD-R/-RW disc.
•Play List: Title – Play List titles from a VR
mode DVD-R/-RW disc.
•Original: Time – Thumbnails from the
Original content at 10 minute intervals.
•Play List: Time – Thumbnails from the
Play List at 10 minute intervals.
Button What it does
Pauses the slideshow; press again to
restart.
Displays the previous picture.
Displays the next picture.
Pauses the slideshow and rotates the
displayed picture 90º (counter)
clockwise. (Press (play) to restart
slideshow.)
Pauses the slideshow and flips the
displayed picture horizontally or
vertically. (Press (play) to restart
slideshow.)
ZOOM Pauses the slideshow and zooms the
picture. Press again to toggle
between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom. (Press
(play) to restart slideshow.)
MENU Displays the Disc Navigator screen
(see below).
DV48AV_EN.book 28 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
30
En
Tip
• You can also play a JPEG slideshow while
listening to MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC
playback. Simply select the audio file you
want to listen to followed by the JPEG from
which you want the slideshow to start.
Playback of both the slideshow and the
audio files repeats. Playback controls are
effective for the JPEG slideshow only.
• To play the contents of the whole disc
rather than just the current folder, exit the
Disc Navigator and start playback using
the (play) button.
Looping a section of a disc
The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify
two points (A and B) within a track (CD, Video
CD) or title (DVD-Video and DVD-RW) that
form a loop which is played over and over.
• You can’t use A-B Repeat with DVD-Audio,
SACD, Video CDs in PBC mode, or MP3/
WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/DivX video/WMV files.
1 During playback, press PLAY MODE
and select ‘A-B Repeat’ from the list of
functions on the left.
2 Press ENTER on ‘A(Start Point)’ to set
the loop start point.
3 Press ENTER on ‘B(End Point)’ to set the
loop end point.
After pressing ENTER, playback jumps back to
the start point and plays the loop.
4 To resume normal playback, select ‘Off’
from the menu.
Using repeat play
There are various repeat play options,
depending on the kind of disc loaded. It’s also
possible to use repeat play together with
program play to repeat the tracks/chapters in
the program list (see Creating a program list on
page 32).
Important
• You can’t use Repeat play with Video CDs
in PBC mode, or with MP3/WMA/MPEG-4
AAC discs.
• You can’t use repeat and random play at
the same time.
1 During playback, press PLAY MODE
and select ‘Repeat’ from the list of
functions on the left.
2 Select a repeat play option.
If program play is active, select Program
Repeat to repeat the program list, or Repeat
Off to cancel.
The repeat options available depend on the
kind of disc loaded. For example, for DVD-
Video and DVD-RW discs, you can select Title
Repeat or Chapter Repeat (or Repeat Off).
• For DVD-Audio discs, select Group
Repeat or Track Repeat (or Repeat Off).
• For SACDs,CDs and Video CDs, select
Disc Repeat or Track Repeat (or Repeat
Off).
DV48AV_EN.book 30 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
32
En
Creating a program list
This feature lets you program the play order of
titles/chapters/groups/tracks on a disc.
Important
• You can’t use Program play with VR format
DVD-R/-RW discs, Video CDs playing in
PBC mode, MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video/WMV
discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being
displayed.
1 Press PLAY MODE and select ‘Program’
from the list of functions on the left.
2 Select ‘Create/Edit’ from the list of
program options.
3 Use the cursor buttons and ENTER to
select a title, chapter or track for the
current step in the program list.
For a DVD-Video disc, you can add a title or a
chapter to the program list.
• For a DVD-Audio disc, you can add a whole
group, or a track within a group to the
program list.
• For a CD, SACD or Video CD, select a track
to add to the program list.
After pressing ENTER to select the title/
chapter/group/track, the step number
automatically moves down one.
4 Repeat step 3 to build up a program
list.
A program list can contain up to 24 titles/
chapters/tracks.
• You can insert steps into the middle of a
program list by just highlighting the
position where you want the new step to
appear and entering a title/chapter/group/
track number.
• To delete a step, highlight it and press
CLEAR.
5 To play the program list, press (play).
Program play remains active until you turn off
program play (see below), erase the program
list (see below), eject the disc or switch off the
player.
Tip
• Use the following controls during program
play:
Other functions available from the
program menu
There are a number of other options in the
program menu in addition to Create/Edit.
•Playback Start – Starts playback of a
saved program list
•Playback Stop – Turns off program play,
but does not erase the program list
•Program Delete – Erases the program list
and turns off program play
Button What it does
PLAY MODE Save the program list and exit
the program edit screen
without starting playback
(HOME MENU does the
same).
Skip to the next step in the
program list.
DV48AV_EN.book 32 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
34
En
Switching audio language/
channels
When playing a DVD-Video and DivX video disc
recorded with dialog in two or more
languages, you can switch audio language
during playback.
When playing a VR format DVD-R/-RW disc
recorded with dual-mono audio, you can
switch between the main, sub, and mixed
channels during playback.
When playing a DVD-Audio disc, you may be
able to switch channels—see the disc box for
details. (When you change the audio channel,
playback restarts from the beginning of the
current track.)
When playing a Video CD, you can switch
between stereo, just the left channel or just the
right channel.
1 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select an
audio language/channel option.
The language/channel information is shown
on-screen.
Note
• Some DVD discs only allow you to change
audio language from the disc menu. Press
TOP MENU or MENU to access.
• To set DVD audio language preferences,
see Language settings on page 41.
Zooming the screen
Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part
of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while
watching a DVD, DivX video/WMV title or Video
CD or playing a JPEG disc.
1 During playback, use the ZOOM button
to select the zoom factor (Normal, 2x or
4x).
• Since DVD, Video CD, DivX video/WMV
title and JPEG pictures have a fixed
resolution, picture quality will deteriorate,
especially at 4x zoom. This is not a
malfunction.
2 Use the cursor buttons to change the
zoomed area.
You can change the zoom factor and the
zoomed area freely during playback.
• If the navigation square at the top of the
screen disappears, press ZOOM again to
display it.
Switching camera angles
Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two
or more angles — check the disc box for
details.
When a multi-angle scene is playing, a
icon appears on screen to let you know that
other angles are available (this can be
switched off if you prefer — see Display
settings on page 41).
• During playback, press ANGLE to
switch angle.
Displaying disc information
Various track, chapter and title information,
such as the elapsed and remaining playing
time can be displayed on-screen while a disc is
playing.
• To show/switch/hide the information
displayed, press DISPLAY repeatedly.
• When a disc is playing, the information
appears at the top of the screen. Keep
pressing DISPLAY to change the displayed
information.
DV48AV_EN.book 34 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus
07
36
En
Chapter 7
Audio Settings and Video
Adjust menus
Audio Settings menu
The Audio Settings menu offers features for
adjusting the way discs sound.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Audio
Settings’ from the on-screen display.
2 Select and change settings using the
(cursor) buttons, and ENTER.
Audio DRC
•Settings:High, Medium, Low,
Off (default)
When watching Dolby Digital DVDs at low
volume, it’s easy to lose the quieter sounds
completely — including some of the dialog.
Switching Audio DRC (Dynamic Range
Control) to on can help by bringing up the
quieter sounds, while controlling loud peaks.
How much of a difference you hear depends
on the material you’re listening to. If the
material doesn’t have wide variations in
volume, you may not notice much change.
Note
• Audio DRC is only effective with Dolby
Digital audio sources.
• Audio DRC is only effective through the
digital output when Digital Out is set to
On, and Dolby Digital Out is set to Dolby
Digital > PCM (see Digital Audio Out
settings on page 39).
• The effect of Audio DRC also depends on
your speakers and AV receiver settings.
Virtual Surround
• Settings: On, Off (default)
Switch on Virtual Surround to enjoy realistic
surround sound effects from just two
speakers.
Tip
• You can also use the SURROUND button
on the remote control to switch Virtual
Surround on.
Note
• 96 kHz linear PCM audio is automatically
downsampled to 48 kHz if Virtual Surround
is switched on.
•TheAudio Output Mode (see page 45)
must be set to 2 Channel in order to be
able to use Virtual Surround.
• If the player is outputting Dolby Digital,
DTS or MPEG bitstream audio (in other
words, no conversion to PCM), Virtual
Surround has no effect on the audio from
the digital output. See Digital Audio Out
settings on page 39 for how to set up the
digital output formats.
DV48AV_EN.book 36 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
38
En
Chapter 8
Initial Settings menu
Using the Initial Settings menu
The Initial Settings menu provides audio and
video output settings, parental lock settings,
and display settings, among others.
If an option is grayed out it means that it
cannot be changed at the current time. This is
usually because a disc is playing. Stop the
disc, then change the setting.
1Press
HOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Use the cursor buttons and ENTER to
select the setting and option you want to
set.
All the settings and options are explained on
the following pages.
Note
• In the table below, the default setting is
shown in bold: other settings are shown in
italics.
•The
Digital Audio Out settings only need
to be set if you have connected the digital
output of this player to an AV receiver, or
other equipment.
• Check the operating instructions supplied
with your other equipment to see which
digital audio formats it’s compatible with.
• Some settings, such as TV Screen, Audio
Language and Subtitle Language may be
overridden by the DVD disc. Often these
settings can also be made from the DVD
disc menu.
•The
HDMI Out, HDMI Resolution and
HDMI Color settings only need to be set if
you connected this player to an HDMI-
compatible component using the HDMI
connector.
•The
Digital Audio Out, Component Out,
SACD Playback and Speakers settings
cannot be set if the player is connected to
an HDMI-compatible component using
the HDMI connector. Additionally, certain
settings such as HDMI Out, HDMI
Resolution, and HDMI Color may be
changed automatically.
DV48AV_EN.book 38 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
40
En
Video Output settings
Setting Option What it means
TV Screen
(This setting effective
for analog and HDMI
video output. See
also Screen sizes and
disc formats on
page 52.)
4:3 (Letter Box) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are
shown with black bars top and bottom.
4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are
shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the
screen.
16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV.
16:9 (Compressed) Can be selected when you are connected via HDMI, and have
the HDMI Resolution set to 1920 x 1080p, 1920 x
1080i or 1280 x 720p. Video in 4:3 can be properly
displayed on a 16:9 high definition television (with black bars
shown on either side of the screen).
Component Out Progressive Set if your TV is compatible with progressive scan video (see
your TV’s instruction manual for details). The PRGSVE
indicator lights in the front panel display. See also Switching
the video output to interlace using the front panel controls on
page 13.
Note that progressive scan video is only output from the
component video jacks.
Interlace Set if your TV is not compatible with progressive scan video.
HDMI Resolution 1920x1080p Set if your TV supports 1
920 x 1080 pixel progressive-scan
video. 24 Hz frame rate is not supported.
1920x1080i Set if your TV supports 1920 x 1080 pixel interlace video.
1280x720p Set if your TV supports 1280 x 720 pixel progressive-scan
video.
720x480p Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel progressive-scan video.
720x480i Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel interlace video.
HDMI Color Full range RGB If colors are weak, this gives brighter colors and deeper
black.
RGB Use this setting if colors appear overly rich on the Full Range
RGB setting.
Component Outputs component video format (default setting for HDMI-
compatible devices).
DV48AV_EN.book 40 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
42
En
Options settings
Parental Lock
• Default level: Off; Default password: none;
Default Country/Area code: us (2119)
To give you some control over what your
children watch on your DVD player, some
DVD-Video discs feature a Parental Lock level.
If your player is set to a lower level than the
disc, the disc won’t play.
Some discs also support the Country/Area
Code feature. The player does not play certain
scenes on these discs, depending on the
Country/Area Code you set.
Note
• Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will
play without requiring the password first.
• If you forget your password, you’ll need to
reset the player to register a new password
(see Resetting the player on page 53).
Registering a new password
You must register a password before you can
change the Parental Lock level or enter a
Country code.
1 Select ‘Options’, then ‘Password’.
2 Use the number buttons to enter a
4-digit password.
The numbers you enter show up as asterisks
(*) on-screen.
3 Press ENTER to register the password.
You will return to the Options menu screen.
Setting Option What it means
Parental Lock – See Parental Lock below.
DVD Playback
Mode
DVD-Audio All material on a DVD-Audio disc is playable.
DVD-Video Only the DVD-Video part of a DVD-Audio disc is playable.
SACD Playback 2ch Area Selects the 2 channel (strereo) SACD audio area of the disc
for playback.
Multi-ch Area Selects the multi-channel SACD audio area of the disc for
playback.
CD Area Selects the standard CD audio area of an SACD/CD hybrid
disc for playback.
DTS Downmix STEREO Downmixes DTS for 2 channel output to regular stereo. (See
also DTS Downmix on page 43.)
Lt/Rt Downmixes DTS for 2 channel output to be compatible with
Dolby Surround matrix decoders. (See also DTS Downmix on
page 43.)
DivX VOD Display See About DivX® VOD content on page 44.
DV48AV_EN.book 42 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
44
En
About DivX
®
VOD content
In order to play DivX VOD (video on demand)
content on this player, you first need to register
the player with your DivX VOD content
provider. You do this by generating a DivX VOD
registration code, which you submit to your
provider.
Important
• DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM
(Digital Rights Management) system. This
restricts playback of content to specific,
registered devices.
• If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD
content not authorized for your player, the
message Authorization Error is displayed
and the content will not play.
• Resetting the player (as described in
Resetting the player on page 53) will not
cause you to lose your registration code.
Displaying your DivX VOD
registration code
1PressHOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Select ‘Options’, then ‘DivX VOD’.
3 Select ‘Display’.
Your 8-digit registration code is displayed.
Make a note of the code as you will need it
when you register with a DivX VOD provider.
Playing DivX
®
VOD content
Some DivX VOD content may only be playable
a fixed number of times. When you load a disc
containing this type of DivX VOD content, the
remaining number of plays is shown on-
screen and you then have the option of playing
the disc (thereby using up one of the
remaining plays), or stopping. If you load a
disc that contains expired DivX VOD content
(for example, content that has zero remaining
plays), the message Rental Expired is
displayed.
If your DivX VOD content allows an unlimited
number of plays, then you may load the disc
into your player and play the content as often
as you like, and no message will be displayed.
DV48AV_EN.book 44 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
46
En
About the audio output settings
The table below shows how the audio settings you make in the Initial Settings menu (see
page 38) affect the output from the 2 channel and the 5.1 channel analog outputs, and from the
digital outputs with various types of disc.
*1When Audio Output Mode is set to 2 Channel, the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) FRONT L / R jacks act as a second pair
of stereo audio outputs.
*2Dolby Digital > PCM, MPEG > PCM or DTS > PCM setting (page 39)
*3Dolby Digital, MPEG or DTS setting (page 39)
*4Discs that prohibit downmixing will be output as 5.1 channel even if 2 Channel is selected as the Audio Output
Mode setting (see page 45).
*5Discs that prohibit downmixing also mute the digital output.
*6When Audio Output Mode is set to 5.1 Channel, mono sources are heard from the center speaker only.
DV48AV_EN.book 46 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
48
En
HDMI output with DVD-Audio and SACD sources
The way audio sources are output from the HDMI terminal depends on the specification of the
connected component.
*1This unit checks the specification of the connected component (such sample rate/multi-
channel limitations and compatibility with protected audio contents) and outputs the signal
accordingly. Note that ‘DVD-Audio compatible’ indicates compatibility with protected audio
contents. ‘SACD compatible’ indicates compatibility with DSD signals.
*2If HDMI Out setting (page 39) is set to LPCM (2CH), DVD-Audio multichannel sources will be
downmixed to stereo. (In cases where the source is downmix-prohibited, only the front left/right
channels are output.) For SACD sources, the 2 channel (stereo) SACD audio area is selected.
If the video output resolution is 480i or 480p audio output may be limited to 2 channel (depending
to the connected component).
*3In cases where the source is downmix-prohibited, only the front left/right channels are output.
*4If CPPM shows in the front panel display, it means it is not possible to output CPPM copycon-
trolled DVD-Audio sources from the HDMI connection. Discs with no CPPM protection are
limited to 2 channel output.
DV48AV_EN.book 48 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
50
En
Speaker Installation
•Defaultsettings: L/R: Large | C: Large | SL/
SR: Large
| SW: On
You only need to make this setting if you
connected thisplayerto your amplifier using the
5.1 channel analog outputs.
This setting does not affect digital audio output.
Use the Speaker Installation screen to tell the
player what kinds of speakers you have
connected.
1Usethe (cursor up/down) buttons
to select a speaker.
•The
Land R, and SR and SL speakers are
paired; you can’t set them differently.
2Press (cursor right) to modify the
selected speaker.
3Usethe (cursor up/down) buttons
to change the current setting.
• You can see the effect of your changes in
the room graphic on the right of the
screen.
• Except for the subwoofer, you can set
speaker size to Large or Small. If the main
speaker cone in the speaker is 12 cm or
more, set to Large, otherwise set to Small
(or Off if you don’t have that speaker).
• If you set the front Land Rspeakers to
Small, the center and surround speakers
are automatically set to Small and the
subwoofer to On.
• The subwoofer can only be set to On or Off.
4Press (cursor left) to go back to the
speaker list if you want to modify another
speaker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker
Installation screen.
DV48AV_EN.book 50 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
52
En
Condensation
Condensation may form inside the player if it is
brought into a warm room from outside, or if
the temperature of the room rises quickly.
Although the condensation won’t damage the
player, it may temporarily impair its
performance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer
temperature for about an hour before
switching on.
Moving the player
If you need to move the player, first press
STANDBY/ON on the front panel to turn the
player off. Wait for -OFF- to disappear from the
display, then unplug the power cable. Never lift
or move the unit during playback — discs
rotate at a high speed and may be damaged.
Screen sizes and disc formats
DVD-Video discs come in several different
screen aspect ratios, ranging from TV
programs, which are generally 4:3, to
CinemaScope widescreen movies, with an
aspect ratio of up to about 7:3.
Televisions, too, come in different aspect
ratios; ‘standard’ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9.
Widescreen TV users
If you have a widescreen TV, the TV Screen
setting (page 40) of this player should be set to
16:9 (Wide) or 16:9 (Compressed).
When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format
with the 16:9 (Wide) setting, you can use the
TV controls to select how the picture is
presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and
stretch options; see the instructions that came
with your TV for details.
Please note that some movie aspect ratios are
wider than 16:9, so even though you have a
widescreen TV, these discs will still play in a
‘letter box’ style with black bars at the top and
bottom of the screen.
Standard TV users
If you have a standard TV, the TV Screen
setting (page 40) of this player should be set to
4:3 (Letter Box) or 4:3 (Pan&Scan),
depending on which you prefer.
Set to 4:3 (Letter Box), widescreen discs are
shown with black bars top and bottom.
Set to 4:3 (Pan&Scan), widescreen discs are
shown with the left and right sides cropped.
Although the picture looks larger, you don’t
actually see the whole picture.
Please note that many widescreen discs
override the player’s settings so that the disc is
shown in letter box format regardless of the
setting.
Note
•Usingthe16:9 (Wide) or 16: 9
(Compressed) setting with a standard 4:3
TV, or either of the 4:3 settings with a
widescreen TV, will result in a distorted
picture.
DV48AV_EN.book 52 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
54
En
Troubleshooting
Incorrect operation is often mistaken for trouble or malfunction. If you think that there is
something wrong with this component, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie
in another component. Inspect the other components and electrical appliances being used. If
the trouble cannot be rectified after checking the items below, ask your nearest Pioneer
authorized service center or your dealer to carry out repair work.
Problem Remedy
The disc won’t play or is
automatically ejected
after loading.
• Make sure the disc is free from dirt and dust and is not damaged
(page 51).
• Make sure the disc is loaded with the label side face-up and aligned
properly in the disc tray guide.
• Incompatible region number: If the region number on a DVD-Video
disc does not match the number on the player, the disc cannot be used
(page 53). In this case the attention sentence “Incompatible disc
region number Can’t play disc” is displayed on screen.
• Condensation inside the player: Allow time for condensation to
evaporate. Avoid using the player near an air-conditioning unit.
• Disc is loaded upside down: Reload the disc with the label side face
up.
DVD-Audio playback
stops.
• The disc may have been illegally copied.
Picture playback stops
and the operation
buttons cannot be used.
• Press , then start playback again ( ).
• Press and hold the front panel STANDBY/ON button for about
10 seconds to switch the unit off, then press again to switch back on.
• Switch the power off once, unplug from the wall socket, then plug
back in and switch on again using the front panel STANDBY/ON
button.
New settings made in the
Setup screen menus while
a disc is playing are
ineffective.
• Some settings can be changed while a disc is playing, but are not
effective until the disc is stopped then restarted: Press , then start
playback again ( ).
Settings are canceled. • When the power is cut due to power failure or by unplugging the
power cord, settings will be canceled: Press STANDBY/ON on the
front panel to turn the player off. Wait for -OFF- to disappear from the
display, then unplug the power cord.
The remote control
doesn’t seem to work.
• The remote control is too far from the player, or the angle with the
remote sensor is too wide: Use the remote within its operating range
(page 19).
• The batteries are exhausted: Put in new ones (page 7).
DV48AV_EN.book 54 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
56
En
Cannot play multi-
channel audio.
• Make sure that Audio Output Mode is set to 5.1 Channel
(page 45).
• Check that the Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG Out settings (page 39)
are suitable for your amplifier/receiver — check the instruction manual
that came with your amplifier/receiver.
• DVD-Audio and SACDs do not output multichannel digital audio.
Listen through the player’s analog outputs.
• Check that the settings in the Speaker Installation screen are correct
(page 50).
• Check the audio options available from the disc menu.
Cannot listen to high-
sampling rate audio
through the digital
output.
• Make sure that Linear PCM Out is set to Down Sample Off
(page 39).
• As a copy-protection measure, some DVDs do not output 96kHz
audio. In this case, even if set to Down Sample Off, the player
automatically outputs the audio at 48 kHz. This is not a malfunction.
Cannot output 192 kHz or
176.4 kHz digital audio. • The player does not output digital audio at these sampling rates. The
digital output is automatically downsampled.
Cannot output 96 kHz or
88.2 kHz digital audio.
• Check that Linear PCM Out is set to Down Sample Off (page 39).
• Some discs are digital copy protected and do not output high
sampling rate digital audio. In this case the output is automatically
downsampled.
No DTS audio output. • If this unit is connected to a non-DTS compatible amplifier or
decoder using a digital audio cable, set DTS Out to DTS >PCM
(page 39). If you do not do this, noise will be output when you play a
DTS disc.
• If this unit is connected to a DTS-compatible amplifier or decoder
using a digital audio cable, check the amplifier settings, and that the
cable is properly connected.
Audio mix does not
sound right or sounds
incomplete (for example,
inaudible dialog).
• Make sure that Audio Output Mode is set to 2 Channel if you’ve
connected to the stereo inputs on your amplifier or TV (page 45).
Can’t hear effect of
Virtual Surround.
• Virtual Surround does not work with SACD or DVD-Audio.
• The Virtual Surround effect is only output through the AUDIO OUT
(2ch) analog audio outputs.
• Make sure that Audio Output Mode is set to 2 Channel (page 45).
• The effectiveness of Virtual Surround varies with the disc.
Problem Remedy
DV48AV_EN.book 56 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
58
En
USB troubleshooting
Note
• Static electricity or other external influences may cause malfunctioning of this unit. In this
case, unplug the power cord and then plug back in. This will usually reset the unit for proper
operation. If this does not correct the problem, please consult your nearest Pioneer service
center.
A connected DVI
component (with HDCP)
doesn’t work with this
player.
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High-
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal
transfers.
Problem Remedy
Problem Remedy
USB mass storage device
is not recognized by the
system.
• Make sure you have completely inserted the USB connector to this unit.
• Check that the memory format is FAT16 or FAT32.
• USB devices with an internal USB hub are not supported.
Files don’t show up in the
Navigator/Photo Browser.
• The files must have the correct file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for
WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-
case is OK).
• Make sure the file permission hasn’t been restricted (through a password,
etc.).
Can’t play WMA or MPEG-
4 AAC files.
• The files were recorded using DRM (digital rights management) or
FairPlay copy-protection. This is not a malfunction.
DV48AV_EN.book 58 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
60
En
Progressive
scan video
All the lines that make up a video
picture are updated in one pass
(compared to interlace which takes two
passes to update the whole picture).
Regions
(DVD-Video
only)
These associate DVD-Video discs and
players with particular areas of the
world. See DVD-Video regions on
page 53 for more information.
Sampling
frequency
The rate at which sound is measured to
be turned into digital audio data. The
higher the rate, the better the sound
quality. CD is 44.1 kHz; DVD can be up
to 96 kHz. See also Digital audio.
Super Audio
CD (SACD)
Super Audio CD is a high quality audio
disc format that can accommodate
high sampling rate stereo and multi-
channel audio, as well as conventional
CD audio all on the same disc.
WMA WMA is short for Windows Media
Audio and refers to an audio
compression technology developed by
Microsoft Corporation. Files are
recognized by their file extension
“.wma”.
WMV WMV is an acronym for Windows
Media Video and refers to a video
compression technology developed by
Microsoft Corporation. Files are
recognized by the file extension “.wmv”.
DV48AV_EN.book 60 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
62
En
Specifications
General
Power requirements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 120 V, 60 Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W
Power consumption (standby). . . . . . . . . . 0.7 W
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 kg (5 lb 12 oz)
Dimensions
420 mm (W) x 51.5 mm (H) x 215.5 mm (D)
(16-9/16 in. (W) x 2-1/16 in. (H) x 8-1/2 in. (D))
Operating temperature . . . . . . .+5 °C to +35 °C
(+41 °F to +95 °F)
Operating humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 % to 85 %
(no condensation)
Component video output
Y (luminance) - Output level. . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
PB(color) - Output level . . . . . . . . 0.7 Vp-p (75 )
PR(color) - Output level . . . . . . . . 0.7 Vp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
S-video output
Y (luminance) - Output level. . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
C (color) - Output level . . . . . . .286 mVp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-video
Video output
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
Audio output (1 stereo pair)
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . During audio output
200 mVrms (1 kHz, –20 dB)
Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
HDMI output
HDMI output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 pin
Audio output (multi-channel / L, R, C, SW,
SL, SR)
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . .During audio output
200 mVrms (1 kHz, –20 dB)
Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA
Digital audio characteristics
Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . .4 Hz to 44 kHz
S/N ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 dB
Dynamic range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 dB
Total harmonic distortion . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0023 %
Wow and flutter . . . . . . . . Limit of measurement
(±0.001 % W. PEAK) or lower
Digital output
Coaxial digital output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA
Optical digital output
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Optical
Accessories
Remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
AA/R6P dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Audio/video cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Operating instructions
The specifications and design of this product are subject
to change without notice, due to improvement.
DV48AV_EN.book 62 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

5
En
Contents
01 Before you start
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
What’s in the box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Disc/content format playback
compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
02 Connections
Easy connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Connecting using the S-video output . . . . .12
Connecting using the component video
output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Connecting to an AV receiver. . . . . . . . . . .13
Connecting using HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
About HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
03 Controls and displays
Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Setting up the remote to control your
TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
04 Getting started
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Using the on-screen displays. . . . . . . . . . .20
Setting up the player for your TV . . . . . . . .21
Setting the language of this player’s on-screen
displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
05 Playing discs
Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Playing in slow motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . . .27
Viewing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Browsing DVD or Video CD disc with the Disc
Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX
video, WMV and JPEG files with the Disc
Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Using repeat play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Switching subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Switching audio language/channels. . . . . 34
Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Switching camera angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . 34
06 USB playback
Using the USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
07 Audio Settings and Video Adjust
menus
Audio Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
08 Initial Settings menu
Using the Initial Settings menu. . . . . . . . . 38
Digital Audio Out settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Speakers settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
About the HDMI audio output
settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
HDMI output with DVD-Audio and SACD
sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
09 Additional information
Taking care of your player and discs . . . . . 51
Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . . 52
Resetting the player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
DVD-Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Selecting languages using the language code
list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DV48AV_EN.book 5 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Before you start 01
7
En
• Built-in Dolby1Digital and DTS2
decoding with multichannel outputs
This player features multichannel analog
outputs for connection to an AV amplifier to
give you stunning surround sound from Dolby
Digital, DTS and multichannel DVD-Audio
discs.
What’s in the box
Please confirm that the following accessories
are in the box when you open it.
• Remote control
• AA/R6P dry cell batteries x 2
• Audio/video cable (red/white/yellow plugs)
• Operating instructions
Putting the batteries in the remote
• Open the battery compartment cover
and insert the batteries as shown.
Use two AA/R6P batteries and follow the
indications (, ) inside the compartment.
Close the cover when you’re finished.
Important
Incorrect use of batteries can result in hazards
such as leakage and bursting. Please observe
the following:
• Don’t mix new and old batteries together.
• Don’t use different kinds of battery
together — although they may look
similar, different batteries may have
different voltages.
• Make sure that the plus and minus ends of
each battery match the indications in the
battery compartment.
• Remove batteries from equipment that
isn’t going to be used for a month or more.
• When disposing of used batteries, please
comply with governmental regulations or
environmental public instruction’s rules
that apply in your country/area.
• Do not use or store batteries in direct
sunlight or other excessively hot place,
such as inside a car or near a heater. This
can cause batteries to leak, overheat,
explode or catch fire. It can also reduce the
life or performance of batteries.
1. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks
of Dolby Laboratories.
2. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of DTS, Inc.
DV48AV_EN.book 7 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
9
En
• Multi-session playback: No
• Unfinalized disc playback: No
• File structure (may differ): Up to 299
folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files
(combined) within each folder
DVD+R/DVD+RW compatibility
Only DVD+R/DVD+RW discs recorded in
‘Video Mode (DVD Video Mode)’ which have
been finalized, can be played back. However,
some editing made during the recording may
not be played back accurately.
DVD-R/-RW compatibility
• Compatible formats: DVD-Video, Video
Recording (VR)*
* Edit points may not play exactly as edited;
screen may go momentarily blank at edited
points.
• Unfinalized playback: No
• MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG or DivX
video/WMV file playback on DVD-R/-RW:
No
Compressed audio compatibility
• Compatible formats: MPEG-1 Audio Layer
3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (WMA),
MPEG-4 AAC
• Sampling rates: 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz
• Bit-rates: Any (128 kbps or higher
recommended)
• VBR (variable bit rate) MP3/WMA/MPEG-4
AAC playback: No
• WMA lossless encoding compatible: No
• DRM (Digital Rights Management)
compatible: No (DRM-protected audio files
will not play in this player—see also DRM
in the Glossary on page 59)
• File extensions: .mp3, .wma, .m4a (these
must be used for the player to recognize
MP3, WMA and MPEG-4 AAC files – do not
use for other file types)
About MPEG-4 AAC
Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is at the core of
the MPEG-4 AAC standard, which
incorporates MPEG-2 AAC, forming the basis
of the MPEG-4 audio compression technology.
The file format and extension used depend on
the application used to encode the AAC file.
This unit plays back AAC files encoded by
iTunes®bearing the extension ‘.m4a’. DRM-
protected files will not play, and files encoded
with some versions of iTunes®may not play, or
filenames may display incorrectly.
Apple and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered
in the U.S. and other countries.
WMA (Windows Media™ Audio)
compatibility
This player can playback Windows Media
Audio content.
WMA is an acronym for Windows Media Audio
and refers to an audio compression
technology developed by Microsoft
Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by
using Windows Media Player for Windows XP,
Windows Media Player 9 or Windows Media
Player 10 series.
Windows Media is a trademark of Microsoft
Corporation.
This product includes technology owned by
Microsoft Corporation and cannot be used or
distributed without a license from Microsoft
Licensing, Inc.
About DivX video
DivX is a media technology created by DivX,
Inc. DivX media files contain not only video but
also include advanced media features like
menus, subtitles, and alternate audiotracks.
This player can play DivX videos burned on
CD-R/-RW/-ROM discs. Keeping the same
terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX
video files are called “Titles”. When naming
files/titles on a CD-R/-RW disc prior to burning,
keep in mind that by default they will be played
in alphabetical order.
DV48AV_EN.book 9 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
11
En
Chapter 2
Connections
Easy connections
Important
• Before making or changing any connections, switch off the power and disconnect the power
cable from the AC outlet.
• The setup described here is a basic setup that allows you to play discs using just the cables
supplied with the player. In this setup, stereo audio is played through the speakers in your TV.
• This player is equipped with copy protection technology. Do not connect this player to your
TV via a VCR using audio/video or S-video cables, as the picture from this player will not
appear properly on your TV. (This player may also not be compatible with some combination
TV/VCRs for the same reason; refer to the manufacturer for more information.)
1 Connect the VIDEO OUT and AUDIO
OUT (5.1ch)/AUDIO OUT L/R jacks to a set
of A/V inputs on your TV.
Use the supplied audio/video cable,
connecting the red and white plugs to the
audio outputs and the yellow plug to the video
output. Make sure you match up the left and
right audio outputs with their corresponding
inputs for correct stereo sound.
See below if you want to use a component or
S-video cable for the video connection.
2 Plug into a power outlet.
Note
• Before unplugging the player from the
power outlet, make sure you first switch it
into standby using either the front panel
STANDBY/ON button, or the remote
control, and wait of the -OFF- message to
disappear from the player’s display.
• For the above reasons, do not plug this
player into a switched power supply found
on some amplifiers and AV receivers.
Yellow
White
Red
TV
DV48AV_EN.book 11 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
13
En
Watching progressive scan video
from the component video outputs
This player can output progressive scan video
from the component video output. Compared
to interlace video, progressive scan video
effectively doubles the scanning rate of the
picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker-free
image.
To set up the player for use with a progressive
scan TV, see Video Output settings on page 40.
When the player is set to output progressive
scan video, the PRGSVE indicator lights in the
front panel display.
Important
• If you connect a TV that is not compatible
with a progressive scan signal and switch
the player to progressive, you will not be
able to see any picture at all. In this case,
switch everything off and reconnect using
the supplied video cable (see Easy
connections on page 11), then switch back
to Interlace (see below).
Switching the video output to interlace
using the front panel controls
Switch the player to standby then, using the
front panel controls, press STANDBY/ON
while pressing to switch the player back to
Interlace.
• If the player is connected using HDMI,
disconnect the HDMI cable before
resetting the player to interlace output. (If
left connected, the HDMI output
resolution will be reset to its default — see
Resetting the output resolution to the
default setting with HDMI connection on
page 16.)
Connecting to an AV receiver
You can connect this player to your AV receiver
using the multichannel analog outputs or one
of the digital outputs.
In addition to these connections, you should
also connect the 2 channel analog outputs for
compatibility with all discs.
You’ll probably also want to connect a video
output to your AV receiver. You can use any of
the video outputs available on this player (the
illustration shows a standard (composite)
connection).
1 Connect the analog AUDIO OUT
(5.1ch)/AUDIO OUT L/R and VIDEO OUT
jacks on this player to a set of analog audio
and video inputs on your AV receiver.
2 Connect the AV receiver’s video output
to a video input on your TV.
You can also use the S-video or component
video jacks to connect to the AV receiver if you
prefer.
Tip
• You usually have to connect the same kind
of video cable between your DVD player
and AV receiver, and between your AV
receiver and TV.
AV eceive
DV48AV_EN.book 13 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
15
En
Connecting using HDMI
If you have a HDMI equipped monitor or
display, you can connect it to this player using
a commercially available HDMI cable.
The HDMI connector outputs uncompressed
digital video, as well as almost every kind of
digital audio that the player is compatible with,
including DVD-Video, DVD-Audio (see below
for limitations), SACD, Video CD, CD, WMA,
MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and WMV.
• Use an HDMI cable to connect the
HDMI OUT interconnect on this player to
an HDMI interconnect on a HDMI-
compatible display.
The arrow on the cable connector body should
be face up for correct alignment with the
connector on the player.
Note
• This unit has been designed to be
compliant with HDMI (High-Definition
Multimedia Interface). Depending on the
component you have connected, using a
DVI connection may result in unreliable
signal transfers.
• When you change the component
connected to the HDMI output, you will
also need to change the HDMI settings to
match the new component (see HDMI Out
on page 39, HDMI Resolution and HDMI
Color on page 40 to do this). However, the
settings for each component are then
stored in memory (for up to 2
components).
• The HDMI connection is compatible with 2
channel linear PCM signals (44.1 kHz to
192 kHz, 16 bit/20 bit/24 bit), and Dolby
Digital, DTS, MPEG audio bitstream, multi
channel DSD, and multi channel linear
PCM signals, (5.1 channel signals up to 96
kHz, 16 bit/20 bit/24 bit).
DV48AV_EN.book 15 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Controls and displays
03
17
En
Chapter 3
Controls and displays
Front panel
1STANDBY/ON (page 20)
2 Disc tray
3TOPMENU(page 24)
4 ENTER & cursor buttons (page 20)
5MENU(page 24)
6 RETURN (page 24)
7HOMEMENU(page 20)
8Display
9OPEN/CLOSE (page 22)
10 (page 23)
11 (page 23)
12 (page 23)
13 and (page 23)
14 HDMI indicator
Lights when this player is recognized by
another HDMl or DVI/HDCP compatible
component.
15 DVD/USB (page 35)
16 USB port (Type A) (page 35)
17 RW Compatible (page 9)
DV48AV_EN.book 17 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
19
En
Using the remote control
Keep in mind the following when using the
remote control:
• Make sure that there are no obstacles
between the remote and the remote
sensor on the unit.
• The remote has a range of about 23 feet.
• Remote operation may become unreliable
if strong sunlight or fluorescent light is
shining on the unit’s remote sensor.
• Remote controllers for different devices
can interfere with each other. Avoid using
remotes for other equipment located close
to this unit.
• Replace the batteries when you notice a
fall off in the operating range of the
remote.
Setting up the remote to
control your TV
You can use the supplied remote to control
your TV. To be able to use this feature you first
have to program the remote with a maker code
from the table below.
1 Press and hold down the CLEAR button,
then enter the maker code for your TV.
See the table below for the list of maker codes.
If there is more than one code given for your
make, input the first one in the list.
• If the maker’s name of your TV doesn’t
appear in the table below, you will not be
able to use this remote to control your TV.
2PressTV to check that the remote
works with your TV.
If the remote is set up correctly, the TV should
switch on/off. If it doesn’t and there is another
code given for your maker, repeat step 1with a
new code.
Using the TV remote control buttons
The table below shows how to use this remote
control with your TV.
Button What it does
TV Press to switch the TV on/off
(standby)
INPUT SELECT Press to change the TV’s video
input
VOLUME +/– Use to adjust the TV volume
CHANNEL +/– Use to change TV channels
Maker Code
Aiwa 38
Funai 36
GE 11, 28
General 34
Goldstar 10, 23
Grandiente 30
Hitachi 06, 24, 25, 32
Magnavox 12, 29
Mitsubishi 09
NEC 37
Panasonic 08, 22, 41
Philips 07
Pioneer 00, 35, 40, 44
RCA 01, 15, 16, 17, 18
Samsung 73, 75
Sanyo 14, 21
Sharp 02, 19, 27
Sony 04
Toshiba 05, 26, 31, 43
JVC 13, 33, 42
Zenith 03, 20
DV48AV_EN.book 19 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
21
En
Setting up the player for your
TV
If you have a widescreen (16:9) TV, you should
setup the player so that the picture will be
presented correctly. If you have a conventional
(4:3) TV, you can leave the player on the default
setting and move on to the next section.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Select ‘TV Screen’ from the ‘Video
Output’ settings.
3 If you have a widescreen (16:9) TV,
select ‘16:9 (Wide)’ or ‘16:9 (Compressed)’.
If you have a conventional (4:3) TV, you can
change the setting from 4:3 (Letter Box) to
4:3 (Pan & Scan) if you prefer. See Video
Output settings on page 40 for more details.
4 Press HOME MENU to exit the menu
screen.
Setting the language of this
player’s on-screen displays
This sets the language of the player’s on-
screen displays.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Select ‘OSD Language’ from the
‘Display’ settings.
3 Select a language.
The on-screen language will change according
to your selection.
4 Press HOME MENU to exit the menu
screen.
DV48AV_EN.book 21 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
23
En
Basic playback controls
The table below shows the basic controls on
the remote for playing discs. The following
chapter covers other playback features in
more detail.
Resume and Last Memory
With the exception of DVD-Audio and SACD
discs, when you stop playback of a DVD, CD, or
Video CD or DivX video/WMV discs, RESUME
is shown in the display indicating that you can
resume playback again from that point.
If the disc tray is not opened, the next time you
start playback the display shows RESUME and
playback resumes from the resume point. (If
you want to clear the resume point, press
(stop) while RESUME is displayed.)
With DVDs and Video CDs, if you take the disc
out of the player after stopping playback, the
last play position is stored in memory. If the
next disc you load is the same one, the display
shows LAST MEM and playback will resume.
For DVD-Video discs, the player stores the play
position of the last five discs. When one of
these discs is next loaded, you can resume
playback.
Note
• The Last Memory function doesn’t work
with VR format DVD-R/-RW, DVD-Audio or
SACD discs.
• If you don’t need the Last Memory function
when you stop a disc, you can press
OPEN/CLOSE to stop playback and
open the disc tray.
Button What it does
Starts playback.
If the display shows RESUME or
LAST MEM playback starts from the
resume or last memory point (see
also Resume and Last Memory
below.)
Pauses a disc that’s playing, or
restarts a paused disc.
Stops playback.
See also Resume and Last Memory
below.

(remote
only)
Press to start fast reverse scanning.
Press (play) to resume normal
playback.

(remote
only)
Press to start fast forward scanning.
Press (play) to resume normal
playback.
Skips to the start of the current
track, title or chapter, then to
previous tracks/titles/chapters.
Skips to the next track, title or
chapter.
Numbers
(remote
only)
Use to enter a title/chapter/track
number. Press ENTER to select.
• If the disc is stopped, playback
starts from the selected title (for
DVD), group (for DVD-Audio) or
track (for CD/SACD/Video CD).
• If the disc is playing, playback
jumps to the start of the selected
title (VR mode DVD-RW), chapter
(DVD-Video) or track (DVD-Audio*/
SACD/CD/Video CD).
*within the current group
DV48AV_EN.book 23 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
25
En
Video CD PBC menus
Some Video CDs have menus from which you
can choose what you want to watch. These are
called PBC (Playback control) menus.
You can play a PBC Video CD without having to
navigate the PBC menu by starting playback
using a number button to select a track, rather
than the (play) button.
FAQ
• After I load a DVD disc, it ejects
automatically after a few seconds!
Most likely, the disc is the wrong region for
your player. The region number should be
printed on the disc; check it against the
region number of the player (which you
can find on the rear panel). See also DVD-
Video regions on page 53.
If the region number is OK, it may be that
the disc is damaged or dirty. Clean the disc
and look for signs of damage. See also
Taking care of your player and discs on
page 51.
• Why won’t the disc I loaded play?
First check that you loaded the disc the
right way up (label side up), and that it’s
clean and undamaged. See Taking care of
your player and discs on page 51 for
information on cleaning discs.
If a disc loaded correctly won’t play, it’s
probably an incompatible format or disc
type, such as DVD-ROM. See Disc/content
format playback compatibility on page 8 for
more on disc compatibility.
• I have a widescreen TV so why are there
black bars at the top and bottom of the
screen when I play some discs?
Some movie formats are such that even
when played on a widescreen TV, black
bars are necessary at the top and bottom
of the screen. This is not a malfunction.
• I have a standard (4:3) TV and set the player
to show widescreen DVDs in pan & scan
format, so why do I still get black bars top
and bottom with some discs?
Some discs override the display
preferences of the player, so even if you
have 4:3 (Pan & Scan) selected, those
discs will still be shown in letter box
format. This is not a malfunction.
Button What it does
RETURN Displays the PBC menu.
Numbers
(remote
only)
Use to enter a numbered menu
option. Press ENTER to select.
Displays the previous menu page (if
there is one).
Displays the next menu page (if
there is one).
DV48AV_EN.book 25 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
27
En
Chapter 5
Playing discs
Note
• Many of the functions covered in this
chapter apply to DVD and SACD discs,
Video CDs, CDs, DivX
video/WMV and MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/
JPEG discs, although the exact operation
of some varies slightly with the kind of disc
loaded.
• Some DVDs restrict the use of some
functions (random or repeat, for example)
in some or all parts of the disc. This is not
a malfunction.
• When playing Video CDs, some of the
functions are not available during PBC
playback. If you want to use them, start the
disc playing using a number button to
select a track.
Scanning discs
You can fast-scan discs forward or backward
at four different speeds (only one speed for
DivX video/WMV).
1 During playback, press or to
start scanning.
• There is no sound while scanning DVDs
(including DVD-Audio), DivX video/WMV
and Video CDs.
2 Press repeatedly to increase the
scanning speed.
• The scanning speed is shown on-screen.
3 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• When scanning a Video CD playing in PBC
mode or a MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC track,
playback automatically resumes at the end
or beginning of the track.
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached on a DVD disc.
Playing in slow motion
You can play DVD-Videos and DVD-R/-RW at
four different slow motion speeds, forwards
and backwards. Video CDs and DivX video/
WMV can be played at four different forward
slow motion speeds.
1 During playback, press (pause).
2 Press and hold / or / until
slow motion playback starts.
• The slow motion speed is shown on-
screen.
• There is no sound during slow motion
playback.
3 Press repeatedly to change the slow
motion speed.
4 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached.
Frame advance/frame reverse
You can advance or back up DVD-Video and
DVD-R/-RW discs frame-by-frame. With Video
CDs and DivX video/WMV file you can only use
frame advance.
1 During playback, press (pause).
2 Press / or / to reverse or
advance a frame at a time.
3 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached.
DV48AV_EN.book 27 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
29
En
The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail
images displayed one after another. To display
the previous/next six thumbnails, press /
(you don’t have to wait for all the
thumbnails to finish playing to display the
previous/next page).
3 Select the thumbnail image for what
you want to play.
You can use either the cursor buttons (
) and ENTER to select a thumbnail, or
the number buttons.
To select using the number buttons, enter a
two-digit number then press ENTER.
Tip
• Another way to find a particular place on a
disc is to use one of the search modes. See
Searching a disc on page 33.
Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4
AAC, DivX video, WMV and
JPEG files with the Disc
Navigator
Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file
or folder by filename. Note that if there are
other types of files on the same disc, these will
not be displayed in the Disc Navigator.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Disc
Navigator’ from the on-screen menu.
2 Use the cursor buttons ( )
and ENTER to navigate.
Use the cursor up/down buttons ( ) to
move up and down the folder/file list.
Use the cursor left button ( ) to return to the
parent folder.
Use ENTER or cursor right ( ) to open a
highlighted folder.
• You can also return to the parent folder by
going to the top of the list to the ‘..’ folder,
then pressing ENTER.
• When a JPEG file is highlighted, a
thumbnail image is displayed on the right.
3 To play the highlighted track or DivX
video/WMV file or display the highlighted
JPEG file, press ENTER.
• When a MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC or DivX
video/WMV file is selected, playback
begins, starting with the selected file, and
continues until the end of the folder.
• When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow
begins, starting with that file, and
continues to the end of the folder.
DV48AV_EN.book 29 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
31
En
• For DivX video/WMV discs, select Title
Repeat, and for some DivX media files,
select Chapter Repeat (or Repeat Off).
Using random play
Use the random play function to play titles or
chapters (DVD-Video), Groups (DVD-Audio), or
tracks (DVD-Audio, SACD, CD, Video CD) at
random. (Note that the same track/title/
chapter may play more than once.)
You can set the random play option when a
disc is playing or stopped.
Important
• Random play remains in effect until you
select Random Off from the random play
menu options.
• You can’t use random play with VR format
DVD-R/-RW discs, Video CDs playing in
PBC mode, MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video/WMV
discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being
displayed.
• You can’t use random play together with
program or repeat play.
1 Press PLAY MODE and select ‘Random’
from the list of functions on the left.
2 Select a random play option.
The random play options available depend on
the kind of disc loaded. For example, for DVD-
Video discs, you can select Random Title or
Random Chapter (or Random Off).
• For DVD-Audio discs, select Random
Group or Random Track, (or Random
Off).
• For CDs, SACDs and Video CDs, select On
or Off to switch random play on or off.
Tip
• Use the following controls during random
play:
Button What it does
Selects a new track/title/chapter
at random.
Returns to the beginning of the
current track/title/chapter;
further presses select another
random track/title/chapter.
DV48AV_EN.book 31 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
33
En
Searching a disc
You can search DVD-Video discs by title or
chapter number, or by time; DVD-Audio discs
can be searched by group or track number;
SACDs by track number, CDs and Video CDs
by track number or time; DivX video /WMV
discs by time, and some DivX media files by
chapter number.
Important
• Search functions are not available with
Video CDs in PBC mode, or with MP3/
WMA/MPEG-4 AAC discs.
1 Press PLAY MODE and select ‘Search
Mode’ from the list of functions on the left.
2 Select a search mode.
The search options available depend on the
kind of disc loaded.
• The disc must be playing in order to use
time search.
3 Use the number buttons to enter a title,
chapter or track number, or a time.
• For a time search, enter the number of
minutes and seconds into the currently
playing title (DVD/ DivX video/WMV) or
track (CD/Video CD) you want playback to
resume from. For example, press 4, 5, 0, 0
to have playback start from 45 minutes into
the disc. For 1 hour, 20 minutes and 30
seconds, press 8, 0, 3, 0.
• Some DVD-Audio discs feature pages of
browsable pictures. Enter the page
number you want.
4 Press ENTER to start playback.
Switching subtitles
Some DVD-Video and DivX video discs have
subtitles in one or more languages; the disc
box will usually tell you which subtitle
languages are available. You can switch
subtitle language during playback.
1 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a
subtitle option.
Note
• Some discs only allow you to change
subtitle language from the disc menu.
Press TOP MENU or MENU to access.
• To set subtitle preferences, see Subtitle
Language on page 41.
• See Displaying external subtitle files on
page 10 for more on DivX subtitles.
DV48AV_EN.book 33 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
USB playback
06
35
En
Chapter 6
USB playback
Using the USB interface
It is possible to listen to two-channel audio and
watch JPEG files using the USB interface on
the front of this unit. Connect a USB mass
storage device as shown below.
Note
• This includes playback of MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG files (except files with
copy-protection or restricted playback).
• Compatible USB devices include portable
flash memory (particularly keydrives) and
digital audio players (MP3 players) of
format FAT16/32. It is not possible to
connect this unit to a personal computer
for USB playback.
• Pioneer cannot guarantee compatibility
(operation and/or bus power) with all USB
mass storage devices and assumes no
responsibility for any loss of data that may
occur when connected to this unit.
• With large amounts of data, it may take
longer for the system to read the contents
of a USB device.
• The Home Menu cannot be displayed
while using the USB mode.
1 With the player switched on, press
DVD/USB.
Make sure your TV is on and set to the correct
video input, and that USB MODE is showing
on the front panel display.
2 Connect your USB device.
The USB terminal is located on the front panel.
• Disc Navigator is automatically displayed.
3 Press ENTER to start playback.
• The method of playback for files saved on a
USB device is the same as for other discs.
For more information, see Basic playback
controls on page 23 and Playing discs on
page 27.
4 Turn off this player and remove the
USB device.
• The next time you turn this player on it will
start up in USB mode. To return to DVD
mode, either press DVD/USB or press
OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray.
Important
If a USB ERR message lights in the display, it
may mean that the power requirements of the
USB device are too high for this player, or that
the device is incompatible. Try the following:
• Switch the player off, then on again.
• Reconnecting the USB device with the
player switched off.
• Change the player back to DVD mode
(LOADING will appear in the front panel
display whether a disc is inserted or not) by
pressing DVD/USB, then once again
select USB mode (USB MODE will appear
in the front panel display).
• Using a dedicated AC adapter (supplied
with the device) for USB power.
If this doesn’t remedy the problem, it is likely
your USB device is incompatible.
USB mass
sto age device
DV48AV_EN.book 35 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus
07
37
En
• How good the surround effect is varies
with the disc.
Note
• 96 kHz linear PCM audio is automatically
downsampled to 48 kHz if the Equalizer is
switched on.
Dialog
•Settings:High, Medium, Low, Off
(default)
The Dialog feature is designed to make the
dialog stand out from other background
sounds in the soundtracks.
Video Adjust menu
From the Video Adjust screen you can adjust
various settings that affect how the picture is
presented.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Video
Adjust’ from the on-screen display.
2 Make settings using the
(cursor) buttons, and ENTER.
You can adjust the following picture quality
settings:
•Sharpness – Adjusts the sharpness of
edges in the picture (Fine, Standard
(default), Soft).
•Brightness – Adjusts the overall
brightness (–20 to +20).
•Contrast – Adjusts the contrast between
light and dark (–16 to +16).
•Gamma – Adjusts the ‘warmth’ of the
picture (High, Medium, Low, Off
(default)).
•Hue – Adjusts the red/green balance
(green 9 to red 9).
•Chroma Level – Adjusts how saturated
colors appear (–9 to +9).
•BNR – Switches on/off block noise
reduction (On, Off (default)).
Adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Hue and
Chroma Level settings using the (cursor
left/right) buttons.
3 Press ENTER to return to the Video
Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit.
DV48AV_EN.book 37 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
39
En
Digital Audio Out settings
Setting Option What it means
Digital Out On Digital audio is output from the digital outputs.
Note that there is no digital output when playing SACDs and
some DVD-Audio discs regardless of this setting.
Off No digital audio output.
Dolby Digital Out Dolby Digital Dolby Digital encoded digital audio is output when playing a
Dolby Digital DVD disc.
Dolby Digital > PCM Dolby Digital audio is converted to PCM audio before being
output.
DTS Out DTS DTS encoded digital audio is output when playing a DTS disc.
(Noise will be output if your amplifier/receiver is not
compatible with DTS audio.)
DTS > PCM No digital audio is output when playing a DTS disc.DTS audio
is converted to PCM audio before being output.
Linear PCM Out Down Sample On 96 kHz digital audio is converted to 48 kHz for digital output.
Note that High sampling rate DVD-Audio discs (192 kHz or
176.4 kHz) automatically output down-sampled audio through
the digital outputs.
Down Sample Off 96 kHz digital audio is output as is at 96 kHz.
MPEG Out MPEG > PCM MPEG encoded digital audio is converted to PCM audio for
digital output.
MPEG MPEG encoded digital audio is output as is.
HDMI Out LPCM (2CH) Set if your monitor or device only accepts stereo input. On
this setting multichannel audio is downmixed to 2 channels
for stereo linear PCM output.
LPCM (5.1CH) Set if the monitor or device you have connected using HDMI
is compatible with Liner PCM multi-channel formats. All
audio signals are output as linear PCM 5.1 format. (Use this
setting if you want to decode all streams by a player)
Auto Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG sources are processed
according to how they were encoded, and linear PCM
sources are heard as is. SACD sources are output as linear
PCM.
Auto (DSD) Set if you want to output DSD audio from an SACD source.
Off No digital audio output. Choose this option when you want to
change the Digital Audio Out, SACD Playback and
Speakers settings.
DV48AV_EN.book 39 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
41
En
Language settings
Display settings
Setting Option What it means
Audio Language English If there is an English soundtrack on the disc then it will be
played.
Languages as displayed If there is the language selected on the disc, then it will be
played.
Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
Subtitle Language
(See also Displaying
external subtitle files on
page 10.)
English If there are English subtitles on the disc then they will be
displayed.
Languages as displayed If there is the subtitle language selected on the disc, then it
will be displayed.
Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
DVD Menu
Lang.
w/Subtitle Lang. DVD disc menus will be displayed in the same language as
your selected subtitle language, if possible.
Languages as displayed DVD disc menus will be displayed in the selected language,
if possible.
Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed according to your selected subtitle
language (see above).
Off Subtitles are always off by default when you play a DVD disc
(note that some discs override this setting).
Setting Option What it means
OSD Language English On-screen displays of the player are in English.
Languages as displayed On-screen displays are shown in the language selected.
Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle
scenes on a DVD disc.
Off No multi-angle indication is shown.
DV48AV_EN.book 41 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
43
En
Changing your password
To change your password, confirm your
existing password then enter a new one.
1 Select ‘Password Change’.
2 Use the number buttons to enter your
existing password, then press ENTER.
3 Enter a new password and press ENTER.
This registers the new password and you will
return to the Options menu screen.
Setting/changing the Parental Lock
1 Select ‘Level Change’.
2 Use number buttons to enter your
password, then press ENTER.
3 Select a new level and press ENTER.
• Press (cursor left) repeatedly to lock
more levels (more discs will require the
password); press (cursor right) to
unlock levels. You can’t lock level 1.
This sets the new level and you will return to
the Options menu screen.
Setting/changing the Country/Area
code
You can find the Country/Area code list on
page 61.
1 Select ‘Country Code’.
2 Use number buttons to enter your
password, then press ENTER.
3 Select a Country/Area code and press
ENTER.
There are two ways you can do this:
• Select by code letter: Use (cursor up/
down) to change the Country/Area code.
• Select by code number: Press (cursor
right) then use the number buttons to
enter the 4-digit Country/Area code.
The new Country/Area code is set and you will
return to the Options menu screen. Note that
the new Country/Area code doesn’t take effect
until the next disc is loaded (or the current disc
is reloaded).
DTS Downmix
• Default setting: STEREO
If you’ve selected DTS > PCM in DTS Out on
page 39 or 2 Channel in Audio Output Mode on
page 45, you can choose the way the signal is
downmixed to PCM audio. STEREO will
downmix the DTS signal to 2-channel stereo,
whereas Lt/Rt will downmix to a 2-channel
signal compatible with Dolby surround matrix
decoders. (This allows you to hear surround
sound if your AV receiver or amplifier has
Dolby Pro Logic capability.)
DV48AV_EN.book 43 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
45
En
Speakers settings
Audio Output Mode
• Default setting: 2 Channel
If you connected this player to your amplifier
using the 5.1 channel analog outputs (front,
surround, center and subwoofer outs), set this
to 5.1 Channel; if you connected only the
stereo outs, set to 2 Channel.
Note
• Even if you set Audio Output Mode to
5.1 Channel, you’ll only get sound from all
speakers when playing a 5.1 channel
multi-channel disc.
• When set to 5.1 Channel, only the front left/
right channels are output from the AUDIO
OUT (2ch) jacks. Change to 2 Channel if
you want to listen to downmixed stereo
audio (for example, because you are
listening through the TV’s built-in
speakers).
• When set to 5.1 Channel there is no digital
output when playing DVD-Audio.
•Ifyousetto2 Channel, Dolby Digital, DTS
and MPEG audio is mixed down to two
channels so you still hear all the audio
recorded on the disc. With DTS encoded
audio, you can choose how the signal is
downmixed to PCM audio. See DTS
Downmix on page 43 to change the
downmix setting.
• Some DVD-Audio discs don’t allow down-
mixing of audio. These discs always output
multi-channel audio regardless of the
setting made here.
Setting Option What it means
Audio Output
Mode
2 Channel The player outputs analog audio in stereo only. See also
Audio Output Mode below.
5.1 Channel The player outputs 5.1 channel analog audio. See also Audio
Output Mode below.
Speaker Distance – Specify the distance of your speakers from your listening
position. See also Speaker Distance on page 49.
Speaker
Installation
–Specify the number and size of speakers in your system. See
also Speaker Installation on page 50.
DV48AV_EN.book 45 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
47
En
About the HDMI audio output settings
The table below shows how the audio settings you make in the HDMI Out (see HDMI Out on
page 39) and Audio Output Mode screens (Audio Output Mode on page 45) affect the HDMI
output with various types of disc.
*1These formats include DVD-RW discs.
*2If the connected component is not DVD-Audio (CPPM) compatible, it is not possible to output
CPPM copy-controlled DVD-Audio sources from the HDMI connection (see HDMI output with
DVD-Audio and SACD sources on page 48 for more on this).
*3If the discs prohibit downmixing, output Front L/R.
*4If the HDMI device you are using is not compatible with Multi-ch formats, the output signal is
the same as LPCM (2CH) setting.
*5If the HDMI device you are using is not compatible with these compressed formats, the signal
is output as linear PCM.
*6If the connected HDMI device is not compatible with protected audio contents (such as
DVD-Audio or SACD), SACD audio is not output from the HDMI terminal.
*7 Analog SACD audio is not output when you have HDMI Out set to Auto (DSD).
DV48AV_EN.book 47 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
49
En
Speaker Distance
• Default settings: all speakers 10.0ft
You only need to make this setting if you
connected thisplayerto your amplifier using the
5.1 channel analog outputs.
These settings do not affect any digital audio
output.
To get the best surround sound from your
system, you should set up the speaker
distances from your listening position.
1Usethe (cursor up/down) to select
a speaker.
•The
Land Rspeakers are paired; you can’t
set them differently.
2Press (cursor right) to change the
speaker distance for the highlighted
speaker.
3Usethe (cursor up/down) to
change the distance.
• When you change the distance settings of
the front left (L) or front right (R) speakers,
all the other speaker distances change
relative to it.
• Front left/right (L/R) speaker distances can
be set from 1.0 ft to 30.0 ft in 1.0 ft
increments.
• The center speaker (C) can be set from
–7.0 ft to 0.0 ft relative to the front left/right
speakers.
• Surround left/right (SL/SR) speakers can
be set from –20.0 ft to 0.0 ft relative to the
front left/right speakers.
• You can’t set the subwoofer (SW) distance.
4 Press (cursor left) to go back to the
speaker list if you want to modify another
speaker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker
Distance screen.
Note
During playback of SACD and MPEG-audio
DVD-Video discs, the effective C, SL and SR
speaker distance settings are –3.0 ft to 0.0 ft
relative to the front left/right speakers.
DV48AV_EN.book 49 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
51
En
Chapter 9
Additional information
Taking care of your player and
discs
General
Hold discs by the edge or by the center hole
and edge.
When you’re not using a disc, return it to its
case and store upright. Avoid leaving discs in
excessively cold, humid, or hot environments
(including under direct sunlight).
Don’t glue paper or put stickers on to discs. Do
not use a pencil, ball-point pen or other sharp-
tipped writing instrument to write on the disc.
Don’t use self-adhesive disc labels on discs as
these can cause the disc to warp slightly
during playback causing distortion in the
picture and/or sound.
Damaged and shaped discs
Do not use cracked, chipped, warped, or
otherwise damaged discs as they may damage
the player.
This player is designed to be used only with
conventional, fully circular discs. Do not use
shaped discs. Pioneer disclaims all liability
arising in connection with the use of shaped
discs.
Cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on discs can affect
playback performance. Clean using a soft, dry
cloth, wiping the disc lightly from the center to
the outside edge as shown below.
If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or
a commercially available CD/DVD cleaning kit
to clean a disc more thoroughly. Never use
benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents,
including products designed for cleaning vinyl
records.
Cleaning the unit’s exterior
Unplug the unit before cleaning.
Use a dry cloth to wipe off dust and dirt. If the
surfaces are very dirty, wipe with a soft cloth
dipped in some neutral cleanser diluted five or
six times with water and wrung out well, then
wipe again with a dry cloth.
Do not use furniture wax or cleaners. Never
use thinners, benzine or insecticide sprays or
other chemicals on or near this unit.
If you use a chemical-impregnated cleaning
cloth, read the instructions carefully before
use. These cloths may leave smear marks on
half-mirror finish surfaces; if this happens,
finish with a dry cloth.
Cleaning the pickup lens
The DVD player’s lens should not become dirty
in normal use, but if for some reason it should
malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your
nearest Pioneer-authorized service center. We
do not recommend using commercially
available lens cleaners for CD players.
DV48AV_EN.book 51 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
53
En
Resetting the player
Use this procedure to reset all the player’s
settings to the factory default.
1 Switch the player into standby.
2 Using the front panel buttons, hold
down the (stop) button and press
STANDBY/ON to switch the player back
on.
All the player’s settings are now reset.
DVD-Video regions
All DVD-Video discs carry a region mark on the
case somewhere that indicates which
region(s) of the world the disc is compatible
with. Your DVD player also has a region mark,
which you can find on the rear panel. Discs
from incompatible regions will not play in this
player. In this case the attention sentence
Incompatible disc region number Can’t
play disc is displayed on screen. Discs
marked ALL will play in any player. The
diagram below shows the various DVD regions
of the world.
Selecting languages using the
language code list
Some of the language options (such as ‘DVD
Menu Lang.’ in the Initial Settings) allow you to
set your preferred language from any of the
136 languages listed in the language code list
on page 61.
1 Select ‘Other Language’.
2Usethe (cursor left/right)
buttons to select either a code letter or a
code number.
3Usethe (cursor up/down) buttons
to select a code letter or a code number.
See Language code list on page 61 for a
complete list of languages and codes.
DV48AV_EN.book 53 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
55
En
No picture/No color. • Incorrect video connections: Check that connections are correct and
that plugs are inserted fully. Also check the video cable for damage.
• TV/monitor or AV amplifier settings are incorrect: Check the
instruction manual of the connected equipment.
• The video output is set to progressive but your TV/monitor is not
compatible with progressive scan: See page 13 for how to set to
Interlace.
Screen is stretched or
aspect does not change.
• The TV Screen setting in the Initial Settings menu is incorrect. See
page 52 for how to set it correctly for your TV/monitor.
Picture disturbance
during playback or the
picture is dark.
• This player is compatible with Macro-Vision System copy guard.
Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of
disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the
picture depending on the TV. This is not a malfunction.
• Due to the player’s copy protection circuits, connection of this device
through a VCR or an AV selector may prevent recording or cause
picture problems. This is not a malfunction.
No audio, or audio is
distorted.
• No audio is output during slow motion playback or when scanning
discs other than audio CDs and SACDs.
• Some DVD discs do not output digital audio: Switch your amplifier to
the player’s analog outputs.
• Check that the disc is free from dust and dirt, and that it is not
damaged (page 51).
• Check that all interconnects are firmly inserted.
• Check that the plugs and terminals are free of dirt, oxide, etc. and
clean if necessary. Also check the cable for damage.
• Make sure the player’s output is not connected to the amplifier’s
phono (turntable) inputs.
• Check your amplifier/receiver’s settings (volume, input function,
speaker settings, etc.).
The analog audio is OK,
but there appears to be
no digital audio signal.
• Make sure that the Digital Out setting is set to On (page 39).
• Check that the Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG out settings (page 39)
are suitable for your amplifier/receiver — check the instruction manual
that came with your amplifier/receiver.
• SACDs and some DVD-Audio discs do not output digital audio.
Listen through the player’s analog audio outputs.
Noticeable difference in
DVD and CD volume.
• This is due to differences in the audio format and is not a
malfunction.
Problem Remedy
DV48AV_EN.book 55 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
57
En
HDMI troubleshooting
Problem Remedy
No HDMI audio output. • Check whether or not HDMI Out is set to Off. (See HDMI Out on
page 39.)
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High-
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, unreliable signal transfers may result.
• If the front panel HDMI indicator is lit:
– You won’t hear any sound from the HDMI output if the source
component is only DVI/HDCP-compatible.
• If the front panel
HDMI indicator is unlit then:
– Make sure that you’ve selected this player as the HDMI input in the
settings for the component you’re using. You may need to refer to the
instruction manual of the component to do this.
– Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and that the cable
isn’t damaged.
– Check that components connected using the HDMI interface are
switched on and HDMI compatible.
No HDMI video output. • Make sure that you’ve selected this player as the HDMI input in the
settings for the component you’re using. You may need to refer to the
instruction manual of the component to do this.
• Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and that the cable
isn’t damaged.
• Check that components connected using the HDMI interface are
switched on and HDMI compatible.
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal
transfers.
• Make sure the resolution on this player matches that of the
component you have connected using HDMI. See HDMI Resolution on
page 40 to change the HDMI resolution. See Resetting the output
resolution to the default setting with HDMI connection on page 16 if you
want to reset the output resolution.
No multichannel HDMI
audio.
• Make sure the HDMI Out setting is set to Auto, Auto (DSD) or
LPCM (5.1CH) (see HDMI Out on page 39 to do this). See also About
the HDMI audio output settings on page 47 and HDMI output with
DVD-Audio and SACD sources on page 48.
No sound is output from
the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch)
jack when connected via
HDMI.
• Check whether or not HDMI Out is set to Off. (See HDMI Out on
page 39.)
Component Out cannot
be set to Interlace.
• You can use the Interlace setting if the HDMI Resolution is set to
720 x 480i.
DV48AV_EN.book 57 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
59
En
Glossary
Analog audio Direct representation of sound by an
electrical signal. See also Digital audio.
Aspect ratio The width of a TV screen relative to its
height. Conventional TVs are 4:3;
widescreen models are 16:9.
Bonus Group
(DVD-Audio
only)
An ‘extra’ group on some DVD-Audio
discs that requires a key number to
access.
Browsable
pictures
(DVD-Audio
only)
A feature of some DVD-Audio discs in
which the user can browse still
pictures recorded on the disc as the
audio is played.
Digital audio Indirect representation of sound using
numbers. See also Sampling frequency
and Analog audio.
DivX DivX is a media technology created by
DivX, Inc. DivX media files contain not
only video but also include advanced
media features like menus, subtitles,
and alternate audiotracks.
Dolby Digital A multi-channel audio encoding
system developed by Dolby
Laboratories that enables far more
audio to be stored on a disc than PCM
encoding. See also PCM (Pulse Code
Modulation).
DRM DRM (digital rights management) copy
protection is a technology designed to
prevent unauthorized copying by
restricting playback, etc. of
compressed audio files on devices
other than the PC (or other recording
equipment) used to record it. For
detailed information, please see the
instruction manuals or help files that
came with your PC and/or software.
DTS A multi-channel audio encoding
system developed by Digital Theater
Systems that enables far more audio to
be stored on a disc than PCM
encoding. See also PCM (Pulse Code
Modulation).
DSD
(Direct
Stream
Digital)
The Digital Audio encoding system
found on SACDs, that expresses the
audio signals by the pulse density of
one bit data.
EXIF
(Exchangeable
Image File)
A file format developed by FUJIFILM for
digital still cameras. Digital cameras
from various manufacturers use this
compressed file format which carries
date, time and thumbnail information,
as well as the picture data.
File
extension
A tag added to the end of a filename to
indicate the type of file. For example,
“.mp3” indicates an MP3 file.
HDMI HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia
Interface) is a high-speed digital
interface which has the capability to
support standard, enhanced, or high-
definition video plus standard to multi-
channel surround-sound audio on a
single digital connection. HDMI
features include uncompressed digital
video, a bandwidth of up to 5 gigabytes
per second and communication
between the AV source and AV devices
such as DTVs.
ISO 9660
format
International standard for the volume
and file structure of CD-ROM discs.
JPEG A standard file format used for still
images. JPEG files are identified by the
file extension “.jpg”.
MP3 MP3 (MPEG1 audio layer 3) is a
compressed stereo audio file format.
Files are recognized by their file
extension “.mp3”.
MPEG-4 AAC MPEG-4 AAC is a compressed stereo
audio file format. Files are recognized
by the extention ‘.m4a’.
Note that some files purchased with
copyright protection (such as files from
the iTunes store) may not playback.
MPEG audio An audio format used on Video CDs
and some DVD discs.
Packed PCM
(DVD-Audio
only)
A lossless compression system that
enables more PCM audio to be stored
on a DVD-Audio disc than would
otherwise be possible.
PBC
(PlayBack
Control)
A system of navigating a Video CD
through on-screen menus recorded
onto the disc.
PCM
(Pulse Code
Modulation)
Digital audio encoding system found
on CDs. Good quality, but requires a lot
of data compared to Dolby Digital, DTS
and MPEG encoded audio. See also
Digital audio.
DV48AV_EN.book 59 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
61
En
Language code list
Language (Language code letter), Language code
Country/Area code list
Country/Area, Country/Area code, Country/Area code letter
Japanese (ja), 1001
English (en), 0514
French (fr), 0618
German (de), 0405
Italian (it), 0920
Spanish (es), 0519
Chinese (zh), 2608
Dutch (nl), 1412
Portuguese (pt), 1620
Swedish (sv), 1922
Russian (ru), 1821
Korean (ko), 1115
Greek (el), 0512
Afar (aa), 0101
Abkhazian (ab), 0102
Afrikaans (af), 0106
Amharic (am), 0113
Arabic (ar), 0118
Assamese (as), 0119
Aymara (ay), 0125
Azerbaijani (az), 0126
Bashkir (ba), 0201
Byelorussian (be), 0205
Bulgarian (bg), 0207
Bihari (bh), 0208
Bislama (bi), 0209
Bengali (bn), 0214
Tibetan (bo), 0215
Breton (br), 0218
Catalan (ca), 0301
Corsican (co), 0315
Czech (cs), 0319
Welsh (cy), 0325
Danish (da), 0401
Bhutani (dz), 0426
Esperanto (eo), 0515
Estonian (et), 0520
Basque (eu), 0521
Persian (fa), 0601
Finnish (fi), 0609
Fiji (fj), 0610
Faroese (fo), 0615
Frisian (fy), 0625
Irish (ga), 0701
Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704
Galician (gl), 0712
Guarani (gn), 0714
Gujarati (gu), 0721
Hausa (ha), 0801
Hindi (hi), 0809
Croatian (hr), 0818
Hungarian (hu), 0821
Armenian (hy), 0825
Interlingua (ia), 0901
Interlingue (ie), 0905
Inupiak (ik), 0911
Indonesian (in), 0914
Icelandic (is), 0919
Hebrew (iw), 0923
Yiddish (ji), 1009
Javanese (jw), 1023
Georgian (ka), 1101
Kazakh (kk), 1111
Greenlandic (kl), 1112
Cambodian (km), 1113
Kannada (kn), 1114
Kashmiri (ks), 1119
Kurdish (ku), 1121
Kirghiz (ky), 1125
Latin (la), 1201
Lingala (ln), 1214
Laothian (lo), 1215
Lithuanian (lt), 1220
Latvian (lv), 1222
Malagasy (mg), 1307
Maori (mi), 1309
Macedonian (mk), 1311
Malayalam (ml), 1312
Mongolian (mn), 1314
Moldavian (mo), 1315
Marathi (mr), 1318
Malay (ms), 1319
Maltese (mt), 1320
Burmese (my), 1325
Nauru (na), 1401
Nepali (ne), 1405
Norwegian (no), 1415
Occitan (oc), 1503
Oromo (om), 1513
Oriya (or), 1518
Panjabi (pa), 1601
Polish (pl), 1612
Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619
Quechua (qu), 1721
Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813
Kirundi (rn), 1814
Romanian (ro), 1815
Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823
Sanskrit (sa), 1901
Sindhi (sd), 1904
Sangho (sg), 1907
Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908
Sinhalese (si), 1909
Slovak (sk), 1911
Slovenian (sl), 1912
Samoan (sm), 1913
Shona (sn), 1914
Somali (so), 1915
Albanian (sq), 1917
Serbian (sr), 1918
Siswati (ss), 1919
Sesotho (st), 1920
Sundanese (su), 1921
Swahili (sw), 1923
Tamil (ta), 2001
Telugu (te), 2005
Tajik (tg), 2007
Thai (th), 2008
Tigrinya (ti), 2009
Turkmen (tk), 2011
Tagalog (tl), 2012
Setswana (tn), 2014
Tonga (to), 2015
Turkish (tr), 2018
Tsonga (ts), 2019
Tatar (tt), 2020
Twi (tw), 2023
Ukrainian (uk), 2111
Urdu (ur), 2118
Uzbek (uz), 2126
Vietnamese (vi), 2209
Volapük (vo), 2215
Wolof (wo), 2315
Xhosa (xh), 2408
Yoruba (yo), 2515
Zulu (zu), 2621
Argentina, 0118, ar
Australia, 0121, au
Austria, 0120, at
Belgium, 0205, be
Brazil, 0218, br
Canada, 0301, ca
Chile, 0312, cl
China, 0314, cn
Denmark, 0411, dk
Finland, 0609, fi
France, 0618, fr
Germany, 0405, de
Hong Kong, 0811, hk
India, 0914, in
Indonesia, 0904, id
Italy, 0920, it
Japan, 1016, jp
Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr
Malaysia, 1325, my
Mexico, 1324, mx
Netherlands, 1412, nl
New Zealand, 1426, nz
Norway, 1415, no
Pakistan, 1611, pk
Philippines, 1608, ph
Portugal, 1620, pt
Russian Federation, 1821 , ru
Singapore, 1907, sg
Spain, 0519, es
Sweden, 1905, se
Switzerland, 0308, ch
Taiwan, 2023, tw
Thailand, 2008, th
United Kingdom, 0702, gb
USA, 2119, us
DV48AV_EN.book 61 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

Before you start
01
6
En
Chapter 1
Before you start
Features
The HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia
Interface) interconnect provides high quality
digital audio and video, all from a single user-
friendly connector. HDMI is the first consumer
electronics interface to support
uncompressed standard, enhanced, or high-
definition video plus standard to multi-channel
surround sound audio, all using one interface.
You can easily connect to a HDMI-equipped
AV receiver or audiovisual device for high
quality audio and video, and communication
between the video source and (DTV) players,
set-top boxes, and other audiovisual devices is
also supported.
When connected to a progressive scan-
compatible TV or monitor using the
component video outputs, you can enjoy
extremely stable, flicker free images, with the
same frame refresh rate as the original movie.
The new Disc Navigator enables you play the
first few seconds of each title or chapter in a
thumbnail image on screen.
See Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus on
page 36.
See Zooming the screen on page 34.
See Compressed audio compatibility on page 9.
See JPEG file compatibility on page 10.
See DivX video compatibility on page 10.
See CD-R/-RW compatibility on page 8 or About
WMV on page 10.
An auto power-off function switches the player
into standby if not used for about 30 minutes.
Experience the super high-quality audio
performance of DVD-Audio and Super Audio
CD (SACD).
The on-board 24-bit/192 kHz DAC means that
this player is fully compatible with high
sampling-rate discs, capable of delivering
exceptional sound quality in terms of dynamic
range, low-level resolution and high-frequency
detail.
1. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
licensing LLC.
2. DivX, DivX Ultra Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license.
DV48AV_EN.book 6 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
8
En
Hints on installation
We want you to enjoy using this product for
years to come, so please use the following
guidelines when choosing a suitable location:
Do...
• Use in a well-ventilated room.
• Place on a solid, flat, level surface, such as
a table, shelf or stereo rack.
Don’t...
• Use in a place exposed to high
temperatures or humidity, including near
radiators and other heat-generating
appliances.
• Place on a window sill or a place where the
player will be exposed to direct sunlight.
• Use in an excessively dusty or damp
environment.
• Place directly on top of an amplifier, or
other component in your stereo system
that becomes hot in use.
• Use near a television or monitor as you
may experience interference — especially
if the television uses an indoor antenna.
• Use in a kitchen or other room where the
player may be exposed to smoke or steam.
• Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with
cloth — this may prevent proper cooling of
the unit.
• Place on an unstable surface, or one that
is not large enough to support all four of
the unit’s feet.
Disc/content format playback
compatibility
This player is compatible with a wide range of
disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs
will generally feature one of the following logos
on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note
however that some disc types, such as
recordable CD and DVD, may be in an
unplayable format — see below for further
compatibility information.
Please also note that recordable discs cannot be
recorded using this player.
•This unit will play DVD+R/+RW discs.
• is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo
Licensing Corporation.
• is a trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation.
• Also compatible with KODAK Picture CD
About DualDisc playback
A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side
of which contains DVD content video, audio,
etc. while the other side contains non-DVD
content such as digital audio material.
The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not
compliant with the CD Audio specification and
therefore may not play.
The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this
product. DVD-Audio content will not play.
For more detailed information on the DualDisc
specification, please refer to the disc
manufacturer or disc retailer.
CD-R/-RW compatibility
• Compatible formats: CD-Audio, Video CD,
ISO 9660 CD-ROM* containing MP3,
WMA, MPEG-4 AAC, JPEG or DivX video/
WMV files
* ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 compliant. CD
physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1.
Romeo and Joliet file systems are both
compatible with this player.
DVD-Video DVD-R DVD-RW
Video CDAudio CD CD-R CD-RW
DVD-Audio
Super Audio CD
Fujicolor CD
DV48AV_EN.book 8 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
10
En
Displaying external subtitle files
The font sets listed below are available for
external subtitle files. You can see the proper
font set on-screen by setting the
(in Language settings on page 41)
to match the subtitle file.
This player supports the following language
groups:
• Some external subtitle files may be
displayed incorrectly or not at all.
• For external subtitle files the following
subtitle format filename extensions are
supported (please note that these files are
not shown within the disc navigation
menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi
• The filename of the movie file has to be
repeated at the beginning of the filename
for the external subtitle file.
• The number of external subtitle files which
can be switched for the same movie file is
limited to a maximum of 10.
DivX video compatibility
• Official DivX®Ultra Certified product.
• Plays all versions of DivX®video (including
DivX®6) with enhanced playback of DivX®
media files and the DivX®Media Format.
• File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must
be used for the player to recognize DivX
video files). Note that all files with the .avi
extension are recognized as MPEG4, but not
all of these are necessarily DivX video files
and therefore may not be playable on this
player.
About WMV
WMV is an acronym for Windows Media Video
and refers to a video compression technology
developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMV
content can be encoded by using Windows
Media®Encoder.
• This player is compatible with WMV9 files
that are encoded by using the Windows
Media®Encoder 9 Series, with .wmv as an
extension.
• Compatible with size under 720 x 480
pixels.
• Advanced Profile is not supported.
• DRM-protected video files will not play in
this player.
JPEG file compatibility
• Compatible formats: Baseline JPEG and
EXIF 2.2* still image files up to a resolution
of 3072 x 2048.
*File format used by digital still cameras.
• Progressive JPEG compatible: No
• File extensions: .jpg (must be used for the
player to recognize JPEG files – do not use
for other file types)
PC-created disc compatibility
Discs recorded using a personal computer
may not be playable in this unit due to the
setting of the application software used to
create the disc. In these particular instances,
check with the software publisher for more
detailed information.
Discs recorded in packet write mode (UDF
format) are not compatible with this player.
Check the DVD-R/-RW or CD-R/-RW software
disc boxes for additional compatibility
information.
Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca),
Danish (da), Dutch (nl), English (en),
Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr),
German (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), Italian
(it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt),
Rhaeto-Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd),
Spanish (es), Swedish (sv)
Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs),
Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro),
Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl)
Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be),
Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr),
Ukrainian (uk)
Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji)
Turkish (tr)
DV48AV_EN.book 10 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
12
En
Connecting using the S-video
output
If your TV (or other equipment) has an S-video
(S1) input, you can use the S-video output on
this player instead of the standard (composite)
output for a better quality picture.
Line up the small triangle above the jack with
the same mark on the plug before plugging in.
Connecting using the
component video output
You can use the component video output
instead of the standard video out jack to
connect this player to your TV (or other
equipment). This should give you the best
quality picture from the three types of video
output available.
TV
TV
DV48AV_EN.book 12 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
14
En
Connecting the multichannel analog
outputs
If your AV receiver has 5.1 channel analog
inputs, we recommend connecting this player
to it using the multichannel analog outputs.
Doing this will ensure that you can enjoy all
kinds of disc, including Dolby Digital and DTS
DVD-Video discs, as well as high sampling rate
and multichannel DVD-Audio and SACD
discs.
It’s convenient to use three stereo audio
cables; one for the , one for the
and one for the and
channels.
You can also use the S-video or component
video jacks to connect to the AV receiver if you
prefer.
Tip
• After connecting up and switching on, you
should change the
setting in the Initial Setup menu from the
default to . See
also Audio Output Mode on page 45.
Connecting the digital output
This player has both optical and coaxial-type
digital audio outputs for connection to an AV
receiver. Connect whichever is convenient.
Depending on the capabilities of your AV
receiver, you might have to set up this player to
output only digital audio in a compatible
format. See Digital Audio Out settings on
page 39 and refer to the operating instructions
that came with your AV receiver.
Note that SACD audio is not output through
these jacks, so this connection should be in
addition to, rather than instead of, a 5.1
channel analog connection.
For an optical connection, use an optical cable
(not supplied) to connect the
jack to an optical input
on your AV receiver.
For a coaxial connection, use a coaxial cable
(similar to the supplied video cable) to connect
the jack to a
coaxial input on your AV receiver.
AV eceive
AV eceive
DV48AV_EN.book 14 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
16
En
About HDMI
HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface)
supports both video and audio on a single
digital connection for use with DVD players,
DTV, set-top boxes, and other AV devices.
HDMI was developed to provide the
technologies of High-bandwidth Digital
Content Protection (HDCP) as well as Digital
Visual Interface (DVI) in one specification.
HDCP is used to protect digital content
transmitted and received by DVI-compliant
displays.
HDMI has the capability to support standard,
enhanced, or high-definition video plus
standard to multi-channel surround-sound
audio. HDMI features include uncompressed
digital video, a bandwidth of up to five
gigabytes per second (with HDTV signals), one
connector (instead of several cables and
connectors), and communication between the
AV source and AV devices such as DTVs.
Resetting the output resolution to the
default setting with HDMI connection
Switch the player to standby then, using the
front panel controls, press
while pressing to switch the player back to
.
You can also use the
button on the remote control to switch the
player back to .
DV48AV_EN.book 16 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Controls and displays
03
18
En
Remote control
Tip
• All buttons glow slightly in the dark for
ease of use.
(page 20)
Press to change the display brightness.
(page 23)
(page 32)
(page 34)
(page 33)
(page 24)
(page 20)
(page 20)
(page 36)
(page 30)
(page 23, 27)
(page 23)
(page 23)
(page 23)
(page 22)
(page 40)
(page 16, 40)
(page 20)
(page 35)
(page 34)
(page 24)
(page 20)
(page 34)
(page 34)
(page 23, 27)
(page 23)
(page 23)
(page 19)
DV48AV_EN.book 18 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
20
En
Chapter 4
Getting started
Switching on
After making sure that everything is connected
properly and that the player is plugged in,
press on the front panel or
remote control to switch the player on.
Also, switch on your TV and make sure that it
is set to the input you connected the DVD
player to.
FAQ
• My DVD player switches on but there is
nothing displayed on my TV.
Make sure that the TV is set to the correct
video input (not a TV channel). For
example, if you connected this player to
the inputs on your TV, switch your
TV to .
Note
• This player features a screen saver and an
auto power off function. If the player is
stopped and no button is pressed for
around five minutes, the screen saver
starts. If the disc tray is closed but no disc
is playing and no control is pressed for
about 30 minutes, the player automatically
goes into standby.
Using the on-screen displays
For ease of use, this player makes extensive
use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs).
All the screens are navigated in basically the
same way, using the cursor buttons (
) to change the highlighted item and
pressing to select it.
Note
• From here on in this manual, the word
‘select’ generally means use the cursor
buttons to highlight an item on-screen,
then press .
Display/exit the on-screen display.
Changes the highlighted menu
item.
Selects the highlighted menu
item (both buttons on the
remote work in exactly the same
way).
Returns to the main menu without
saving changes.
DV48AV_EN.book 20 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
22
En
Playing discs
The basic playback controls for playing DVD,
CD, SACD, Video CD, DivX video/WMV and
MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC discs are covered
here. Further functions are detailed in the next
chapter.
For details on playing JPEG picture discs, see
Viewing a JPEG slideshow on page 28.
Important
• Throughout this manual, the term ‘DVD’
means DVD-Video, DVD-Audio and
DVD-R/-RW. If a function is specific to a
particular kind of DVD disc, it is specified.
If you’re playing a DVD, disc containing DivX
video/WMV files or Video CD, also turn on your
TV and make sure that it is set to the correct
video input.
Load a disc with the label side facing up, using
the disc tray guide to align the disc (if you’re
loading a double-sided DVD disc, load it with
the side you want to play face down).
If you’re playing a DVD or Video CD, an on-
screen menu may appear. See DVD-Video and
DivX disc menus on page 24 and Video CD PBC
menus on page 25 for more on how to navigate
these.
• If you’re playing a containing DivX video/
WMV files or MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC
audio files, it may take a few seconds
before playback starts, etc. This is normal.
• Please see Disc/content format playback
compatibility on page 8 if you want to play
a DualDisc (DVD/CD hybrid disc).
Note
• You may find with some DVD discs that
some playback controls don’t work in
certain parts of the disc. This is not a
malfunction.
• If a disc contains a mixture of movie (DivX
video/WMV) and other media file types
(MP3, for example), first select whether to
play the movie files ( )or the
other media file types (
) from the on-screen display.
DV48AV_EN.book 22 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
24
En
DVD-Video and DivX disc menus
Some DivX media files and many DVD-Video
and DVD-Audio discs feature menus from
which you can select what you want to watch.
They may also give access to additional
features, such as subtitle and audio language
selection, or special features such as
slideshows. See the disc packaging for details.
Sometimes DivX and DVD-Video menus are
displayed automatically when you start
playback; others only appear when you press
or .
Important
• Some DVD-Audio discs feature a ‘bonus
group’. To play this group you first have to
input a password, which you can find on
the disc’s packaging. Use the number
buttons to input the password.
Displays the ‘top menu’ of a DVD
disc — this varies with the disc.
Displays a DVD disc (or DivX
media files) menu — this varies
with the disc and may be the
same as the ‘top menu’.
Moves the cursor around the
screen.
Selects the current menu option.
Returns to the previously dis-
played menu screen. On some
DVD-Audio discs featuring brows-
able pictures, press to display the
browser screen.
(remote
only)
Highlights a numbered menu
option (some discs only). Press
to select.
DV48AV_EN.book 24 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
26
En
• I’ve connected to a HDMI compatible
component but I can’t get any signal and
the front panel HDMI indicator won’t light!
Make sure that you’ve selected this player
as the HDMI input in the settings for the
component you’re using. You may need to
refer to the instruction manual of the
component to do this. See Connecting
using HDMI on page 15 for more on HDMI
compatibility.
• There’s no picture from the HDMI output!
This player cannot display pictures from
DVI compatible sources. See Connecting
using HDMI on page 15 for more on HDMI
compatibility.
Make sure the resolution on this player
matches that of the component you have
connected using HDMI. See HDMI
Resolution on page 40 to change the HDMI
resolution.
• My AV receiver is definitely compatible with
96 kHz/88.2 kHz Linear PCM audio, but it
doesn’t seem to work with this player.
What’s wrong?
For digital copy-protection purposes, some
96 kHz/88.2 kHz DVD discs only output
digital audio downsampled to 48 kHz/
44.1 kHz. This is not a malfunction.
To fully take advantage of the high
sampling rate audio, connect the analog
audio outputs to your amplifier/receiver.
• Why can’t I hear SACD audio through the
digital outputs?
SACD digital audio is only available
through the HDMI outputs when
connected to an HDMI-compatible amp
that can handle protected audio contents.
Some DVD-Audio discs too only output
audio through the analog outputs.
• Is it better to listen to DVD-Audio discs
through the analog outputs?
Some DVD-Audio discs do not output
anything through the digital outputs, and
multichannel discs are downmixed to
stereo for the digital output. In addition,
high sampling rate DVD-Audio discs
(higher than 96 kHz) automatically
downsample audio output from the digital
outputs.
Using the multichannel analog audio
outputs for DVD-Audio have none of these
limitations.
• My DVD-Audio disc starts playing, but then
suddenly stops!
The disc may have been illegally copied.
DV48AV_EN.book 26 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
28
En
Viewing a JPEG slideshow
After loading a CD/CD-R/-RW containing JPEG
picture files, press (play) to start a slideshow
from the first folder/picture on the disc. The
player displays the pictures in each folder in
alphabetical order.
• If the folder contains MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the
slideshow and MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC file repeats. During the audio
playback, you can still use the skip (
), scan ( ) and pause ( )
functions.
Pictures are automatically adjusted so that
they fill as much of the screen as possible (if
the aspect ratio of the picture is different to
your TV screen you may notice black bars at
the sides, or at the top and bottom of the
screen).
While the slideshow is running:
Note
• The time it takes for the player to load a file
increases with large file sizes.
Browsing DVD or Video CD
disc with the Disc Navigator
Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the
contents of a DVD-Video, VR mode DVD-R/-RW
or Video CD disc to find the part you want to
play.
Important
• You can’t use the Disc Navigator with
Video CDs in PBC mode.
The options available depend on the kind of
disc loaded and whether the disc is playing or
not, but include:
•– Titles from a DVD-Video disc.
•– Chapters from the current title
of a DVD-Video disc.
•– Tracks from a Video CD disc.
•– Thumbnails from a Video CD disc
at 10 minute intervals.
•– Original titles from a VR
mode DVD-R/-RW disc.
•– Play List titles from a VR
mode DVD-R/-RW disc.
•– Thumbnails from the
Original content at 10 minute intervals.
•– Thumbnails from the
Play List at 10 minute intervals.
Pauses the slideshow; press again to
restart.
Displays the previous picture.
Displays the next picture.
Pauses the slideshow and rotates the
displayed picture 90º (counter)
clockwise. (Press (play) to restart
slideshow.)
Pauses the slideshow and flips the
displayed picture horizontally or
vertically. (Press (play) to restart
slideshow.)
Pauses the slideshow and zooms the
picture. Press again to toggle
between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom. (Press
(play) to restart slideshow.)
Displays the Disc Navigator screen
(see below).
DV48AV_EN.book 28 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
30
En
Tip
• You can also play a JPEG slideshow while
listening to MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC
playback. Simply select the audio file you
want to listen to followed by the JPEG from
which you want the slideshow to start.
Playback of both the slideshow and the
audio files repeats. Playback controls are
effective for the JPEG slideshow only.
• To play the contents of the whole disc
rather than just the current folder, exit the
Disc Navigator and start playback using
the (play) button.
Looping a section of a disc
The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify
two points (A and B) within a track (CD, Video
CD) or title (DVD-Video and DVD-RW) that
form a loop which is played over and over.
• You can’t use A-B Repeat with DVD-Audio,
SACD, Video CDs in PBC mode, or MP3/
WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/DivX video/WMV files.
After pressing , playback jumps back to
the start point and plays the loop.
Using repeat play
There are various repeat play options,
depending on the kind of disc loaded. It’s also
possible to use repeat play together with
program play to repeat the tracks/chapters in
the program list (see Creating a program list on
page 32).
Important
• You can’t use Repeat play with Video CDs
in PBC mode, or with MP3/WMA/MPEG-4
AAC discs.
• You can’t use repeat and random play at
the same time.
If program play is active, select
to repeat the program list, or
to cancel.
The repeat options available depend on the
kind of disc loaded. For example, for DVD-
Video and DVD-RW discs, you can select
or (or ).
• For DVD-Audio discs, select
or (or ).
• For SACDs,CDs and Video CDs, select
or (or
).
DV48AV_EN.book 30 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
32
En
Creating a program list
This feature lets you program the play order of
titles/chapters/groups/tracks on a disc.
Important
• You can’t use Program play with VR format
DVD-R/-RW discs, Video CDs playing in
PBC mode, MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video/WMV
discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being
displayed.
For a DVD-Video disc, you can add a title or a
chapter to the program list.
• For a DVD-Audio disc, you can add a whole
group, or a track within a group to the
program list.
• For a CD, SACD or Video CD, select a track
to add to the program list.
After pressing to select the title/
chapter/group/track, the step number
automatically moves down one.
A program list can contain up to 24 titles/
chapters/tracks.
• You can insert steps into the middle of a
program list by just highlighting the
position where you want the new step to
appear and entering a title/chapter/group/
track number.
• To delete a step, highlight it and press
.
Program play remains active until you turn off
program play (see below), erase the program
list (see below), eject the disc or switch off the
player.
Tip
• Use the following controls during program
play:
Other functions available from the
program menu
There are a number of other options in the
program menu in addition to Create/Edit.
•– Starts playback of a
saved program list
•– Turns off program play,
but does not erase the program list
•– Erases the program list
and turns off program play
Save the program list and exit
the program edit screen
without starting playback
(does the
same).
Skip to the next step in the
program list.
DV48AV_EN.book 32 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
34
En
Switching audio language/
channels
When playing a DVD-Video and DivX video disc
recorded with dialog in two or more
languages, you can switch audio language
during playback.
When playing a VR format DVD-R/-RW disc
recorded with dual-mono audio, you can
switch between the main, sub, and mixed
channels during playback.
When playing a DVD-Audio disc, you may be
able to switch channels—see the disc box for
details. (When you change the audio channel,
playback restarts from the beginning of the
current track.)
When playing a Video CD, you can switch
between stereo, just the left channel or just the
right channel.
The language/channel information is shown
on-screen.
Note
• Some DVD discs only allow you to change
audio language from the disc menu. Press
or to access.
• To set DVD audio language preferences,
see Language settings on page 41.
Zooming the screen
Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part
of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while
watching a DVD, DivX video/WMV title or Video
CD or playing a JPEG disc.
• Since DVD, Video CD, DivX video/WMV
title and JPEG pictures have a fixed
resolution, picture quality will deteriorate,
especially at 4x zoom. This is not a
malfunction.
You can change the zoom factor and the
zoomed area freely during playback.
• If the navigation square at the top of the
screen disappears, press again to
display it.
Switching camera angles
Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two
or more angles — check the disc box for
details.
When a multi-angle scene is playing, a
icon appears on screen to let you know that
other angles are available (this can be
switched off if you prefer — see Display
settings on page 41).
Displaying disc information
Various track, chapter and title information,
such as the elapsed and remaining playing
time can be displayed on-screen while a disc is
playing.
• When a disc is playing, the information
appears at the top of the screen. Keep
pressing to change the displayed
information.
DV48AV_EN.book 34 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus
07
36
En
Chapter 7
Audio Settings and Video
Adjust menus
Audio Settings menu
The Audio Settings menu offers features for
adjusting the way discs sound.
Audio DRC
•Settings: , , ,
(default)
When watching Dolby Digital DVDs at low
volume, it’s easy to lose the quieter sounds
completely — including some of the dialog.
Switching Audio DRC (Dynamic Range
Control) to on can help by bringing up the
quieter sounds, while controlling loud peaks.
How much of a difference you hear depends
on the material you’re listening to. If the
material doesn’t have wide variations in
volume, you may not notice much change.
Note
• Audio DRC is only effective with Dolby
Digital audio sources.
• Audio DRC is only effective through the
digital output when is set to
, and is set to
(see Digital Audio Out
settings on page 39).
• The effect of Audio DRC also depends on
your speakers and AV receiver settings.
Virtual Surround
• Settings: , (default)
Switch on Virtual Surround to enjoy realistic
surround sound effects from just two
speakers.
Tip
• You can also use the button
on the remote control to switch Virtual
Surround on.
Note
• 96 kHz linear PCM audio is automatically
downsampled to 48 kHz if Virtual Surround
is switched on.
•The (see page 45)
must be set to in order to be
able to use Virtual Surround.
• If the player is outputting Dolby Digital,
DTS or MPEG bitstream audio (in other
words, no conversion to PCM), Virtual
Surround has no effect on the audio from
the digital output. See Digital Audio Out
settings on page 39 for how to set up the
digital output formats.
DV48AV_EN.book 36 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
38
En
Chapter 8
Initial Settings menu
Using the Initial Settings menu
The Initial Settings menu provides audio and
video output settings, parental lock settings,
and display settings, among others.
If an option is grayed out it means that it
cannot be changed at the current time. This is
usually because a disc is playing. Stop the
disc, then change the setting.
All the settings and options are explained on
the following pages.
Note
• In the table below, the default setting is
shown in : other settings are shown in
italics.
•The settings only need
to be set if you have connected the digital
output of this player to an AV receiver, or
other equipment.
• Check the operating instructions supplied
with your other equipment to see which
digital audio formats it’s compatible with.
• Some settings, such as ,
and may be
overridden by the DVD disc. Often these
settings can also be made from the DVD
disc menu.
•The , and
settings only need to be set if
you connected this player to an HDMI-
compatible component using the HDMI
connector.
•The , ,
and settings
cannot be set if the player is connected to
an HDMI-compatible component using
the HDMI connector. Additionally, certain
settings such as ,
, and may be
changed automatically.
DV48AV_EN.book 38 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
40
En
Video Output settings
(This setting effective
for analog and HDMI
video output. See
also Screen sizes and
disc formats on
page 52.)
Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are
shown with black bars top and bottom.
4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are
shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the
screen.
16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV.
16:9 (Compressed) Can be selected when you are connected via HDMI, and have
the set to ,
or . Video in 4:3 can be properly
displayed on a 16:9 high definition television (with black bars
shown on either side of the screen).
Progressive Set if your TV is compatible with progressive scan video (see
your TV’s instruction manual for details). The
indicator lights in the front panel display. See also Switching
the video output to interlace using the front panel controls on
page 13.
Note that progressive scan video is only output from the
component video jacks.
Set if your TV is not compatible with progressive scan video.
1920x1080p Set if your TV supports 1
920 x 1080 pixel progressive-scan
video. 24 Hz frame rate is not supported.
1920x1080i Set if your TV supports 1920 x 1080 pixel interlace video.
1280x720p Set if your TV supports 1280 x 720 pixel progressive-scan
video.
Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel progressive-scan video.
720x480i Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel interlace video.
Full range RGB If colors are weak, this gives brighter colors and deeper
black.
RGB Use this setting if colors appear overly rich on the Full Range
RGB setting.
Outputs component video format (default setting for HDMI-
compatible devices).
DV48AV_EN.book 40 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
42
En
Options settings
Parental Lock
• Default level: ; Default password: none;
Default Country/Area code:
To give you some control over what your
children watch on your DVD player, some
DVD-Video discs feature a Parental Lock level.
If your player is set to a lower level than the
disc, the disc won’t play.
Some discs also support the Country/Area
Code feature. The player does not play certain
scenes on these discs, depending on the
Country/Area Code you set.
Note
• Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will
play without requiring the password first.
• If you forget your password, you’ll need to
reset the player to register a new password
(see Resetting the player on page 53).
Registering a new password
You must register a password before you can
change the Parental Lock level or enter a
Country code.
The numbers you enter show up as asterisks
(*) on-screen.
You will return to the Options menu screen.
See Parental Lock below.
All material on a DVD-Audio disc is playable.
DVD-Video Only the DVD-Video part of a DVD-Audio disc is playable.
Selects the 2 channel (strereo) SACD audio area of the disc
for playback.
Multi-ch Area Selects the multi-channel SACD audio area of the disc for
playback.
CD Area Selects the standard CD audio area of an SACD/CD hybrid
disc for playback.
Downmixes DTS for 2 channel output to regular stereo. (See
also DTS Downmix on page 43.)
Lt/Rt Downmixes DTS for 2 channel output to be compatible with
Dolby Surround matrix decoders. (See also DTS Downmix on
page 43.)
See About DivX® VOD content on page 44.
DV48AV_EN.book 42 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
44
En
About DivX
®
VOD content
In order to play DivX VOD (video on demand)
content on this player, you first need to register
the player with your DivX VOD content
provider. You do this by generating a DivX VOD
registration code, which you submit to your
provider.
Important
• DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM
(Digital Rights Management) system. This
restricts playback of content to specific,
registered devices.
• If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD
content not authorized for your player, the
message is displayed
and the content will not play.
• Resetting the player (as described in
Resetting the player on page 53) will not
cause you to lose your registration code.
Displaying your DivX VOD
registration code
Your 8-digit registration code is displayed.
Make a note of the code as you will need it
when you register with a DivX VOD provider.
Playing DivX
®
VOD content
Some DivX VOD content may only be playable
a fixed number of times. When you load a disc
containing this type of DivX VOD content, the
remaining number of plays is shown on-
screen and you then have the option of playing
the disc (thereby using up one of the
remaining plays), or stopping. If you load a
disc that contains expired DivX VOD content
(for example, content that has zero remaining
plays), the message is
displayed.
If your DivX VOD content allows an unlimited
number of plays, then you may load the disc
into your player and play the content as often
as you like, and no message will be displayed.
DV48AV_EN.book 44 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
46
En
About the audio output settings
The table below shows how the audio settings you make in the Initial Settings menu (see
page 38) affect the output from the 2 channel and the 5.1 channel analog outputs, and from the
digital outputs with various types of disc.
When is set to , the jacks act as a second pair
of stereo audio outputs.
, or setting (page 39)
, or setting (page 39)
Discs that prohibit downmixing will be output as 5.1 channel even if is selected as the
setting (see page 45).
When is set to , mono sources are heard from the center speaker only.
DV48AV_EN.book 46 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
48
En
HDMI output with DVD-Audio and SACD sources
The way audio sources are output from the HDMI terminal depends on the specification of the
connected component.
This unit checks the specification of the connected component (such sample rate/multi-
channel limitations and compatibility with protected audio contents) and outputs the signal
accordingly. Note that ‘DVD-Audio compatible’ indicates compatibility with protected audio
contents. ‘SACD compatible’ indicates compatibility with DSD signals.
If setting (page 39) is set to , DVD-Audio multichannel sources will be
downmixed to stereo. (In cases where the source is downmix-prohibited, only the front left/right
channels are output.) For SACD sources, the 2 channel (stereo) SACD audio area is selected.
If the video output resolution is 480i or 480p audio output may be limited to 2 channel (depending
to the connected component).
In cases where the source is downmix-prohibited, only the front left/right channels are output.
If shows in the front panel display, it means it is not possible to output CPPM copycon-
trolled DVD-Audio sources from the HDMI connection. Discs with no CPPM protection are
limited to 2 channel output.
DV48AV_EN.book 48 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
50
En
Speaker Installation
•Defaultsettings: | |
|
You only need to make this setting if you
connected thisplayerto your amplifier using the
5.1 channel analog outputs.
This setting does not affect digital audio output.
Use the Speaker Installation screen to tell the
player what kinds of speakers you have
connected.
•The and , and and speakers are
paired; you can’t set them differently.
• You can see the effect of your changes in
the room graphic on the right of the
screen.
• Except for the subwoofer, you can set
speaker size to or . If the main
speaker cone in the speaker is 12 cm or
more, set to , otherwise set to
(or if you don’t have that speaker).
• If you set the front and speakers to
, the center and surround speakers
are automatically set to and the
subwoofer to .
• The subwoofer can only be set to or .
DV48AV_EN.book 50 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
52
En
Condensation
Condensation may form inside the player if it is
brought into a warm room from outside, or if
the temperature of the room rises quickly.
Although the condensation won’t damage the
player, it may temporarily impair its
performance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer
temperature for about an hour before
switching on.
Moving the player
If you need to move the player, first press
on the front panel to turn the
player off. Wait for to disappear from the
display, then unplug the power cable. Never lift
or move the unit during playback — discs
rotate at a high speed and may be damaged.
Screen sizes and disc formats
DVD-Video discs come in several different
screen aspect ratios, ranging from TV
programs, which are generally 4:3, to
CinemaScope widescreen movies, with an
aspect ratio of up to about 7:3.
Televisions, too, come in different aspect
ratios; ‘standard’ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9.
Widescreen TV users
If you have a widescreen TV, the
setting (page 40) of this player should be set to
or .
When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format
with the setting, you can use the
TV controls to select how the picture is
presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and
stretch options; see the instructions that came
with your TV for details.
Please note that some movie aspect ratios are
wider than 16:9, so even though you have a
widescreen TV, these discs will still play in a
‘letter box’ style with black bars at the top and
bottom of the screen.
Standard TV users
If you have a standard TV, the
setting (page 40) of this player should be set to
or ,
depending on which you prefer.
Set to , widescreen discs are
shown with black bars top and bottom.
Set to , widescreen discs are
shown with the left and right sides cropped.
Although the picture looks larger, you don’t
actually see the whole picture.
Please note that many widescreen discs
override the player’s settings so that the disc is
shown in letter box format regardless of the
setting.
Note
•Usingthe or
setting with a standard 4:3
TV, or either of the 4:3 settings with a
widescreen TV, will result in a distorted
picture.
DV48AV_EN.book 52 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
54
En
Troubleshooting
Incorrect operation is often mistaken for trouble or malfunction. If you think that there is
something wrong with this component, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie
in another component. Inspect the other components and electrical appliances being used. If
the trouble cannot be rectified after checking the items below, ask your nearest Pioneer
authorized service center or your dealer to carry out repair work.
• Make sure the disc is free from dirt and dust and is not damaged
(page 51).
• Make sure the disc is loaded with the label side face-up and aligned
properly in the disc tray guide.
• Incompatible region number: If the region number on a DVD-Video
disc does not match the number on the player, the disc cannot be used
(page 53). In this case the attention sentence “Incompatible disc
region number Can’t play disc” is displayed on screen.
• Condensation inside the player: Allow time for condensation to
evaporate. Avoid using the player near an air-conditioning unit.
• Disc is loaded upside down: Reload the disc with the label side face
up.
• The disc may have been illegally copied.
• Press , then start playback again ( ).
• Press and hold the front panel button for about
10 seconds to switch the unit off, then press again to switch back on.
• Switch the power off once, unplug from the wall socket, then plug
back in and switch on again using the front panel
button.
• Some settings can be changed while a disc is playing, but are not
effective until the disc is stopped then restarted: Press , then start
playback again ( ).
• When the power is cut due to power failure or by unplugging the
power cord, settings will be canceled: Press on the
front panel to turn the player off. Wait for to disappear from the
display, then unplug the power cord.
• The remote control is too far from the player, or the angle with the
remote sensor is too wide: Use the remote within its operating range
(page 19).
• The batteries are exhausted: Put in new ones (page 7).
DV48AV_EN.book 54 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
56
En
• Make sure that is set to
(page 45).
• Check that the Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG Out settings (page 39)
are suitable for your amplifier/receiver — check the instruction manual
that came with your amplifier/receiver.
• DVD-Audio and SACDs do not output multichannel digital audio.
Listen through the player’s analog outputs.
• Check that the settings in the Speaker Installation screen are correct
(page 50).
• Check the audio options available from the disc menu.
• Make sure that is set to
(page 39).
• As a copy-protection measure, some DVDs do not output 96kHz
audio. In this case, even if set to , the player
automatically outputs the audio at 48 kHz. This is not a malfunction.
• The player does not output digital audio at these sampling rates. The
digital output is automatically downsampled.
• Check that is set to (page 39).
• Some discs are digital copy protected and do not output high
sampling rate digital audio. In this case the output is automatically
downsampled.
• If this unit is connected to a non-DTS compatible amplifier or
decoder using a digital audio cable, set to
(page 39). If you do not do this, noise will be output when you play a
DTS disc.
• If this unit is connected to a DTS-compatible amplifier or decoder
using a digital audio cable, check the amplifier settings, and that the
cable is properly connected.
• Make sure that is set to if you’ve
connected to the stereo inputs on your amplifier or TV (page 45).
• Virtual Surround does not work with SACD or DVD-Audio.
• The Virtual Surround effect is only output through the
analog audio outputs.
• Make sure that is set to (page 45).
• The effectiveness of Virtual Surround varies with the disc.
DV48AV_EN.book 56 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
58
En
USB troubleshooting
Note
• Static electricity or other external influences may cause malfunctioning of this unit. In this
case, unplug the power cord and then plug back in. This will usually reset the unit for proper
operation. If this does not correct the problem, please consult your nearest Pioneer service
center.
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High-
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal
transfers.
• Make sure you have completely inserted the USB connector to this unit.
• Check that the memory format is FAT16 or FAT32.
• USB devices with an internal USB hub are not supported.
• The files must have the correct file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for
WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-
case is OK).
• Make sure the file permission hasn’t been restricted (through a password,
etc.).
• The files were recorded using DRM (digital rights management) or
FairPlay copy-protection. This is not a malfunction.
DV48AV_EN.book 58 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
60
En
All the lines that make up a video
picture are updated in one pass
(compared to interlace which takes two
passes to update the whole picture).
These associate DVD-Video discs and
players with particular areas of the
world. See DVD-Video regions on
page 53 for more information.
The rate at which sound is measured to
be turned into digital audio data. The
higher the rate, the better the sound
quality. CD is 44.1 kHz; DVD can be up
to 96 kHz. See also Digital audio.
Super Audio CD is a high quality audio
disc format that can accommodate
high sampling rate stereo and multi-
channel audio, as well as conventional
CD audio all on the same disc.
WMA is short for Windows Media
Audio and refers to an audio
compression technology developed by
Microsoft Corporation. Files are
recognized by their file extension
“.wma”.
WMV is an acronym for Windows
Media Video and refers to a video
compression technology developed by
Microsoft Corporation. Files are
recognized by the file extension “.wmv”.
DV48AV_EN.book 60 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
62
En
Specifications
General
Power requirements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 120 V, 60 Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W
Power consumption (standby). . . . . . . . . . 0.7 W
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 kg (5 lb 12 oz)
Dimensions
420 mm (W) x 51.5 mm (H) x 215.5 mm (D)
(16-9/16 in. (W) x 2-1/16 in. (H) x 8-1/2 in. (D))
Operating temperature . . . . . . .+5 °C to +35 °C
(+41 °F to +95 °F)
Operating humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 % to 85 %
(no condensation)
Component video output
Y (luminance) - Output level. . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
PB(color) - Output level . . . . . . . . 0.7 Vp-p (75 )
PR(color) - Output level . . . . . . . . 0.7 Vp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
S-video output
Y (luminance) - Output level. . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
C (color) - Output level . . . . . . .286 mVp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-video
Video output
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
Audio output (1 stereo pair)
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . During audio output
200 mVrms (1 kHz, –20 dB)
Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
HDMI output
HDMI output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 pin
Audio output (multi-channel / L, R, C, SW,
SL, SR)
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . .During audio output
200 mVrms (1 kHz, –20 dB)
Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA
Digital audio characteristics
Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . .4 Hz to 44 kHz
S/N ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 dB
Dynamic range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 dB
Total harmonic distortion . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0023 %
Wow and flutter . . . . . . . . Limit of measurement
(±0.001 % W. PEAK) or lower
Digital output
Coaxial digital output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA
Optical digital output
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Optical
Accessories
Remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
AA/R6P dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Audio/video cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Operating instructions
The specifications and design of this product are subject
to change without notice, due to improvement.
DV48AV_EN.book 62 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

5
En
Contents
01 Before you start
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
What’s in the box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Disc/content format playback
compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
02 Connections
Easy connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Connecting using the S-video output . . . . .12
Connecting using the component video
output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Connecting to an AV receiver. . . . . . . . . . .13
Connecting using HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
About HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
03 Controls and displays
Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Setting up the remote to control your
TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
04 Getting started
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Using the on-screen displays. . . . . . . . . . .20
Setting up the player for your TV . . . . . . . .21
Setting the language of this player’s on-screen
displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
05 Playing discs
Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Playing in slow motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . . .27
Viewing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Browsing DVD or Video CD disc with the Disc
Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX
video, WMV and JPEG files with the Disc
Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Using repeat play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Switching subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Switching audio language/channels. . . . . 34
Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Switching camera angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . 34
06 USB playback
Using the USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
07 Audio Settings and Video Adjust
menus
Audio Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
08 Initial Settings menu
Using the Initial Settings menu. . . . . . . . . 38
Digital Audio Out settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Speakers settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
About the HDMI audio output
settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
HDMI output with DVD-Audio and SACD
sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
09 Additional information
Taking care of your player and discs . . . . . 51
Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . . 52
Resetting the player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
DVD-Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Selecting languages using the language code
list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
DV48AV_EN.book 5 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Before you start 01
7
En
• Built-in Dolby1Digital and DTS2
decoding with multichannel outputs
This player features multichannel analog
outputs for connection to an AV amplifier to
give you stunning surround sound from Dolby
Digital, DTS and multichannel DVD-Audio
discs.
What’s in the box
Please confirm that the following accessories
are in the box when you open it.
• Remote control
• AA/R6P dry cell batteries x 2
• Audio/video cable (red/white/yellow plugs)
• Operating instructions
Putting the batteries in the remote
• Open the battery compartment cover
and insert the batteries as shown.
Use two AA/R6P batteries and follow the
indications ( , ) inside the compartment.
Close the cover when you’re finished.
Important
Incorrect use of batteries can result in hazards
such as leakage and bursting. Please observe
the following:
• Don’t mix new and old batteries together.
• Don’t use different kinds of battery
together — although they may look
similar, different batteries may have
different voltages.
• Make sure that the plus and minus ends of
each battery match the indications in the
battery compartment.
• Remove batteries from equipment that
isn’t going to be used for a month or more.
• When disposing of used batteries, please
comply with governmental regulations or
environmental public instruction’s rules
that apply in your country/area.
• Do not use or store batteries in direct
sunlight or other excessively hot place,
such as inside a car or near a heater. This
can cause batteries to leak, overheat,
explode or catch fire. It can also reduce the
life or performance of batteries.
1. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks
of Dolby Laboratories.
2. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of DTS, Inc.
DV48AV_EN.book 7 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
9
En
• Multi-session playback: No
• Unfinalized disc playback: No
• File structure (may differ): Up to 299
folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files
(combined) within each folder
DVD+R/DVD+RW compatibility
Only DVD+R/DVD+RW discs recorded in
‘Video Mode (DVD Video Mode)’ which have
been finalized, can be played back. However,
some editing made during the recording may
not be played back accurately.
DVD-R/-RW compatibility
• Compatible formats: DVD-Video, Video
Recording (VR)*
* Edit points may not play exactly as edited;
screen may go momentarily blank at edited
points.
• Unfinalized playback: No
• MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG or DivX
video/WMV file playback on DVD-R/-RW:
No
Compressed audio compatibility
• Compatible formats: MPEG-1 Audio Layer
3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (WMA),
MPEG-4 AAC
• Sampling rates: 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz
• Bit-rates: Any (128 kbps or higher
recommended)
• VBR (variable bit rate) MP3/WMA/MPEG-4
AAC playback: No
• WMA lossless encoding compatible: No
• DRM (Digital Rights Management)
compatible: No (DRM-protected audio files
will not play in this player—see also DRM
in the Glossary on page 59)
• File extensions: .mp3, .wma, .m4a (these
must be used for the player to recognize
MP3, WMA and MPEG-4 AAC files – do not
use for other file types)
About MPEG-4 AAC
Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is at the core of
the MPEG-4 AAC standard, which
incorporates MPEG-2 AAC, forming the basis
of the MPEG-4 audio compression technology.
The file format and extension used depend on
the application used to encode the AAC file.
This unit plays back AAC files encoded by
iTunes®bearing the extension ‘.m4a’. DRM-
protected files will not play, and files encoded
with some versions of iTunes®may not play, or
filenames may display incorrectly.
Apple and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered
in the U.S. and other countries.
WMA (Windows Media™ Audio)
compatibility
This player can playback Windows Media
Audio content.
WMA is an acronym for Windows Media Audio
and refers to an audio compression
technology developed by Microsoft
Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by
using Windows Media Player for Windows XP,
Windows Media Player 9 or Windows Media
Player 10 series.
Windows Media is a trademark of Microsoft
Corporation.
This product includes technology owned by
Microsoft Corporation and cannot be used or
distributed without a license from Microsoft
Licensing, Inc.
About DivX video
DivX is a media technology created by DivX,
Inc. DivX media files contain not only video but
also include advanced media features like
menus, subtitles, and alternate audiotracks.
This player can play DivX videos burned on
CD-R/-RW/-ROM discs. Keeping the same
terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX
video files are called “Titles”. When naming
files/titles on a CD-R/-RW disc prior to burning,
keep in mind that by default they will be played
in alphabetical order.
DV48AV_EN.book 9 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
11
En
Chapter 2
Connections
Easy connections
Important
• Before making or changing any connections, switch off the power and disconnect the power
cable from the AC outlet.
• The setup described here is a basic setup that allows you to play discs using just the cables
supplied with the player. In this setup, stereo audio is played through the speakers in your TV.
• This player is equipped with copy protection technology. Do not connect this player to your
TV via a VCR using audio/video or S-video cables, as the picture from this player will not
appear properly on your TV. (This player may also not be compatible with some combination
TV/VCRs for the same reason; refer to the manufacturer for more information.)
1 Connect the VIDEO OUT and AUDIO
OUT (5.1ch)/AUDIO OUT L/R jacks to a set
of A/V inputs on your TV.
Use the supplied audio/video cable,
connecting the red and white plugs to the
audio outputs and the yellow plug to the video
output. Make sure you match up the left and
right audio outputs with their corresponding
inputs for correct stereo sound.
See below if you want to use a component or
S-video cable for the video connection.
2 Plug into a power outlet.
Note
• Before unplugging the player from the
power outlet, make sure you first switch it
into standby using either the front panel
STANDBY/ON button, or the remote
control, and wait of the -OFF- message to
disappear from the player’s display.
• For the above reasons, do not plug this
player into a switched power supply found
on some amplifiers and AV receivers.
Yellow
White
Red
TV
DV48AV_EN.book 11 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
13
En
Watching progressive scan video
from the component video outputs
This player can output progressive scan video
from the component video output. Compared
to interlace video, progressive scan video
effectively doubles the scanning rate of the
picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker-free
image.
To set up the player for use with a progressive
scan TV, see Video Output settings on page 40.
When the player is set to output progressive
scan video, the PRGSVE indicator lights in the
front panel display.
Important
• If you connect a TV that is not compatible
with a progressive scan signal and switch
the player to progressive, you will not be
able to see any picture at all. In this case,
switch everything off and reconnect using
the supplied video cable (see Easy
connections on page 11), then switch back
to Interlace (see below).
Switching the video output to interlace
using the front panel controls
Switch the player to standby then, using the
front panel controls, press STANDBY/ON
while pressing to switch the player back to
Interlace.
• If the player is connected using HDMI,
disconnect the HDMI cable before
resetting the player to interlace output. (If
left connected, the HDMI output
resolution will be reset to its default — see
Resetting the output resolution to the
default setting with HDMI connection on
page 16.)
Connecting to an AV receiver
You can connect this player to your AV receiver
using the multichannel analog outputs or one
of the digital outputs.
In addition to these connections, you should
also connect the 2 channel analog outputs for
compatibility with all discs.
You’ll probably also want to connect a video
output to your AV receiver. You can use any of
the video outputs available on this player (the
illustration shows a standard (composite)
connection).
1 Connect the analog AUDIO OUT
(5.1ch)/AUDIO OUT L/R and VIDEO OUT
jacks on this player to a set of analog audio
and video inputs on your AV receiver.
2 Connect the AV receiver’s video output
to a video input on your TV.
You can also use the S-video or component
video jacks to connect to the AV receiver if you
prefer.
Tip
• You usually have to connect the same kind
of video cable between your DVD player
and AV receiver, and between your AV
receiver and TV.
AV eceive
DV48AV_EN.book 13 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
15
En
Connecting using HDMI
If you have a HDMI equipped monitor or
display, you can connect it to this player using
a commercially available HDMI cable.
The HDMI connector outputs uncompressed
digital video, as well as almost every kind of
digital audio that the player is compatible with,
including DVD-Video, DVD-Audio (see below
for limitations), SACD, Video CD, CD, WMA,
MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and WMV.
• Use an HDMI cable to connect the
HDMI OUT interconnect on this player to
an HDMI interconnect on a HDMI-
compatible display.
The arrow on the cable connector body should
be face up for correct alignment with the
connector on the player.
Note
• This unit has been designed to be
compliant with HDMI (High-Definition
Multimedia Interface). Depending on the
component you have connected, using a
DVI connection may result in unreliable
signal transfers.
• When you change the component
connected to the HDMI output, you will
also need to change the HDMI settings to
match the new component (see HDMI Out
on page 39, HDMI Resolution and HDMI
Color on page 40 to do this). However, the
settings for each component are then
stored in memory (for up to 2
components).
• The HDMI connection is compatible with 2
channel linear PCM signals (44.1 kHz to
192 kHz, 16 bit/20 bit/24 bit), and Dolby
Digital, DTS, MPEG audio bitstream, multi
channel DSD, and multi channel linear
PCM signals, (5.1 channel signals up to 96
kHz, 16 bit/20 bit/24 bit).
DV48AV_EN.book 15 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Controls and displays
03
17
En
Chapter 3
Controls and displays
Front panel
1STANDBY/ON (page 20)
2 Disc tray
3TOPMENU(page 24)
4 ENTER & cursor buttons (page 20)
5MENU(page 24)
6 RETURN (page 24)
7HOMEMENU(page 20)
8Display
9OPEN/CLOSE (page 22)
10 (page 23)
11 (page 23)
12 (page 23)
13 and (page 23)
14 HDMI indicator
Lights when this player is recognized by
another HDMl or DVI/HDCP compatible
component.
15 DVD/USB (page 35)
16 USB port (Type A) (page 35)
17 RW Compatible (page 9)
DV48AV_EN.book 17 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
19
En
Using the remote control
Keep in mind the following when using the
remote control:
• Make sure that there are no obstacles
between the remote and the remote
sensor on the unit.
• The remote has a range of about 23 feet.
• Remote operation may become unreliable
if strong sunlight or fluorescent light is
shining on the unit’s remote sensor.
• Remote controllers for different devices
can interfere with each other. Avoid using
remotes for other equipment located close
to this unit.
• Replace the batteries when you notice a
fall off in the operating range of the
remote.
Setting up the remote to
control your TV
You can use the supplied remote to control
your TV. To be able to use this feature you first
have to program the remote with a maker code
from the table below.
1 Press and hold down the CLEAR button,
then enter the maker code for your TV.
See the table below for the list of maker codes.
If there is more than one code given for your
make, input the first one in the list.
• If the maker’s name of your TV doesn’t
appear in the table below, you will not be
able to use this remote to control your TV.
2Press TV to check that the remote
works with your TV.
If the remote is set up correctly, the TV should
switch on/off. If it doesn’t and there is another
code given for your maker, repeat step 1with a
new code.
Using the TV remote control buttons
The table below shows how to use this remote
control with your TV.
Button What it does
TV Press to switch the TV on/off
(standby)
INPUT SELECT Press to change the TV’s video
input
VOLUME +/– Use to adjust the TV volume
CHANNEL +/– Use to change TV channels
Maker Code
Aiwa 38
Funai 36
GE 11, 28
General 34
Goldstar 10, 23
Grandiente 30
Hitachi 06, 24, 25, 32
Magnavox 12, 29
Mitsubishi 09
NEC 37
Panasonic 08, 22, 41
Philips 07
Pioneer 00, 35, 40, 44
RCA 01, 15, 16, 17, 18
Samsung 73, 75
Sanyo 14, 21
Sharp 02, 19, 27
Sony 04
Toshiba 05, 26, 31, 43
JVC 13, 33, 42
Zenith 03, 20
DV48AV_EN.book 19 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
21
En
Setting up the player for your
TV
If you have a widescreen (16:9) TV, you should
setup the player so that the picture will be
presented correctly. If you have a conventional
(4:3) TV, you can leave the player on the default
setting and move on to the next section.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Select ‘TV Screen’ from the ‘Video
Output’ settings.
3 If you have a widescreen (16:9) TV,
select ‘16:9 (Wide)’ or ‘16:9 (Compressed)’.
If you have a conventional (4:3) TV, you can
change the setting from 4:3 (Letter Box) to
4:3 (Pan & Scan) if you prefer. See Video
Output settings on page 40 for more details.
4 Press HOME MENU to exit the menu
screen.
Setting the language of this
player’s on-screen displays
This sets the language of the player’s on-
screen displays.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Select ‘OSD Language’ from the
‘Display’ settings.
3 Select a language.
The on-screen language will change according
to your selection.
4 Press HOME MENU to exit the menu
screen.
DV48AV_EN.book 21 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
23
En
Basic playback controls
The table below shows the basic controls on
the remote for playing discs. The following
chapter covers other playback features in
more detail.
Resume and Last Memory
With the exception of DVD-Audio and SACD
discs, when you stop playback of a DVD, CD, or
Video CD or DivX video/WMV discs, RESUME
is shown in the display indicating that you can
resume playback again from that point.
If the disc tray is not opened, the next time you
start playback the display shows RESUME and
playback resumes from the resume point. (If
you want to clear the resume point, press
(stop) while RESUME is displayed.)
With DVDs and Video CDs, if you take the disc
out of the player after stopping playback, the
last play position is stored in memory. If the
next disc you load is the same one, the display
shows LAST MEM and playback will resume.
For DVD-Video discs, the player stores the play
position of the last five discs. When one of
these discs is next loaded, you can resume
playback.
Note
• The Last Memory function doesn’t work
with VR format DVD-R/-RW, DVD-Audio or
SACD discs.
• If you don’t need the Last Memory function
when you stop a disc, you can press
OPEN/CLOSE to stop playback and
open the disc tray.
Button What it does
Starts playback.
If the display shows RESUME or
LAST MEM playback starts from the
resume or last memory point (see
also Resume and Last Memory
below.)
Pauses a disc that’s playing, or
restarts a paused disc.
Stops playback.
See also Resume and Last Memory
below.
(remote
only)
Press to start fast reverse scanning.
Press (play) to resume normal
playback.
(remote
only)
Press to start fast forward scanning.
Press (play) to resume normal
playback.
Skips to the start of the current
track, title or chapter, then to
previous tracks/titles/chapters.
Skips to the next track, title or
chapter.
Numbers
(remote
only)
Use to enter a title/chapter/track
number. Press ENTER to select.
• If the disc is stopped, playback
starts from the selected title (for
DVD), group (for DVD-Audio) or
track (for CD/SACD/Video CD).
• If the disc is playing, playback
jumps to the start of the selected
title (VR mode DVD-RW), chapter
(DVD-Video) or track (DVD-Audio*/
SACD/CD/Video CD).
*within the current group
DV48AV_EN.book 23 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
25
En
Video CD PBC menus
Some Video CDs have menus from which you
can choose what you want to watch. These are
called PBC (Playback control) menus.
You can play a PBC Video CD without having to
navigate the PBC menu by starting playback
using a number button to select a track, rather
than the (play) button.
FAQ
• After I load a DVD disc, it ejects
automatically after a few seconds!
Most likely, the disc is the wrong region for
your player. The region number should be
printed on the disc; check it against the
region number of the player (which you
can find on the rear panel). See also DVD-
Video regions on page 53.
If the region number is OK, it may be that
the disc is damaged or dirty. Clean the disc
and look for signs of damage. See also
Taking care of your player and discs on
page 51.
• Why won’t the disc I loaded play?
First check that you loaded the disc the
right way up (label side up), and that it’s
clean and undamaged. See Taking care of
your player and discs on page 51 for
information on cleaning discs.
If a disc loaded correctly won’t play, it’s
probably an incompatible format or disc
type, such as DVD-ROM. See Disc/content
format playback compatibility on page 8 for
more on disc compatibility.
• I have a widescreen TV so why are there
black bars at the top and bottom of the
screen when I play some discs?
Some movie formats are such that even
when played on a widescreen TV, black
bars are necessary at the top and bottom
of the screen. This is not a malfunction.
• I have a standard (4:3) TV and set the player
to show widescreen DVDs in pan & scan
format, so why do I still get black bars top
and bottom with some discs?
Some discs override the display
preferences of the player, so even if you
have 4:3 (Pan & Scan) selected, those
discs will still be shown in letter box
format. This is not a malfunction.
Button What it does
RETURN Displays the PBC menu.
Numbers
(remote
only)
Use to enter a numbered menu
option. Press ENTER to select.
Displays the previous menu page (if
there is one).
Displays the next menu page (if
there is one).
DV48AV_EN.book 25 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
27
En
Chapter 5
Playing discs
Note
• Many of the functions covered in this
chapter apply to DVD and SACD discs,
Video CDs, CDs, DivX
video/WMV and MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/
JPEG discs, although the exact operation
of some varies slightly with the kind of disc
loaded.
• Some DVDs restrict the use of some
functions (random or repeat, for example)
in some or all parts of the disc. This is not
a malfunction.
• When playing Video CDs, some of the
functions are not available during PBC
playback. If you want to use them, start the
disc playing using a number button to
select a track.
Scanning discs
You can fast-scan discs forward or backward
at four different speeds (only one speed for
DivX video/WMV).
1 During playback, press or to
start scanning.
• There is no sound while scanning DVDs
(including DVD-Audio), DivX video/WMV
and Video CDs.
2 Press repeatedly to increase the
scanning speed.
• The scanning speed is shown on-screen.
3 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• When scanning a Video CD playing in PBC
mode or a MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC track,
playback automatically resumes at the end
or beginning of the track.
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached on a DVD disc.
Playing in slow motion
You can play DVD-Videos and DVD-R/-RW at
four different slow motion speeds, forwards
and backwards. Video CDs and DivX video/
WMV can be played at four different forward
slow motion speeds.
1 During playback, press (pause).
2 Press and hold or until
slow motion playback starts.
• The slow motion speed is shown on-
screen.
• There is no sound during slow motion
playback.
3 Press repeatedly to change the slow
motion speed.
4 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached.
Frame advance/frame reverse
You can advance or back up DVD-Video and
DVD-R/-RW discs frame-by-frame. With Video
CDs and DivX video/WMV file you can only use
frame advance.
1 During playback, press (pause).
2 Press or to reverse or
advance a frame at a time.
3 To resume normal playback, press
(play).
• Depending on the disc, normal playback
may automatically resume when a new
chapter is reached.
DV48AV_EN.book 27 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
29
En
The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail
images displayed one after another. To display
the previous/next six thumbnails, press /
(you don’t have to wait for all the
thumbnails to finish playing to display the
previous/next page).
3 Select the thumbnail image for what
you want to play.
You can use either the cursor buttons (
) and ENTER to select a thumbnail, or
the number buttons.
To select using the number buttons, enter a
two-digit number then press ENTER.
Tip
• Another way to find a particular place on a
disc is to use one of the search modes. See
Searching a disc on page 33.
Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4
AAC, DivX video, WMV and
JPEG files with the Disc
Navigator
Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file
or folder by filename. Note that if there are
other types of files on the same disc, these will
not be displayed in the Disc Navigator.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Disc
Navigator’ from the on-screen menu.
2 Use the cursor buttons ( )
and ENTER to navigate.
Use the cursor up/down buttons ( ) to
move up and down the folder/file list.
Use the cursor left button ( ) to return to the
parent folder.
Use ENTER or cursor right ( ) to open a
highlighted folder.
• You can also return to the parent folder by
going to the top of the list to the ‘..’ folder,
then pressing ENTER.
• When a JPEG file is highlighted, a
thumbnail image is displayed on the right.
3 To play the highlighted track or DivX
video/WMV file or display the highlighted
JPEG file, press ENTER.
• When a MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC or DivX
video/WMV file is selected, playback
begins, starting with the selected file, and
continues until the end of the folder.
• When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow
begins, starting with that file, and
continues to the end of the folder.
DV48AV_EN.book 29 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
31
En
• For DivX video/WMV discs, select Title
Repeat, and for some DivX media files,
select Chapter Repeat (or Repeat Off).
Using random play
Use the random play function to play titles or
chapters (DVD-Video), Groups (DVD-Audio), or
tracks (DVD-Audio, SACD, CD, Video CD) at
random. (Note that the same track/title/
chapter may play more than once.)
You can set the random play option when a
disc is playing or stopped.
Important
• Random play remains in effect until you
select Random Off from the random play
menu options.
• You can’t use random play with VR format
DVD-R/-RW discs, Video CDs playing in
PBC mode, MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video/WMV
discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being
displayed.
• You can’t use random play together with
program or repeat play.
1 Press PLAY MODE and select ‘Random’
from the list of functions on the left.
2 Select a random play option.
The random play options available depend on
the kind of disc loaded. For example, for DVD-
Video discs, you can select Random Title or
Random Chapter (or Random Off).
• For DVD-Audio discs, select Random
Group or Random Track, (or Random
Off).
• For CDs, SACDs and Video CDs, select On
or Off to switch random play on or off.
Tip
• Use the following controls during random
play:
Button What it does
Selects a new track/title/chapter
at random.
Returns to the beginning of the
current track/title/chapter;
further presses select another
random track/title/chapter.
DV48AV_EN.book 31 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
33
En
Searching a disc
You can search DVD-Video discs by title or
chapter number, or by time; DVD-Audio discs
can be searched by group or track number;
SACDs by track number, CDs and Video CDs
by track number or time; DivX video /WMV
discs by time, and some DivX media files by
chapter number.
Important
• Search functions are not available with
Video CDs in PBC mode, or with MP3/
WMA/MPEG-4 AAC discs.
1 Press PLAY MODE and select ‘Search
Mode’ from the list of functions on the left.
2 Select a search mode.
The search options available depend on the
kind of disc loaded.
• The disc must be playing in order to use
time search.
3 Use the number buttons to enter a title,
chapter or track number, or a time.
• For a time search, enter the number of
minutes and seconds into the currently
playing title (DVD/ DivX video/WMV) or
track (CD/Video CD) you want playback to
resume from. For example, press 4, 5, 0, 0
to have playback start from 45 minutes into
the disc. For 1 hour, 20 minutes and 30
seconds, press 8, 0, 3, 0.
• Some DVD-Audio discs feature pages of
browsable pictures. Enter the page
number you want.
4 Press ENTER to start playback.
Switching subtitles
Some DVD-Video and DivX video discs have
subtitles in one or more languages; the disc
box will usually tell you which subtitle
languages are available. You can switch
subtitle language during playback.
1 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a
subtitle option.
Note
• Some discs only allow you to change
subtitle language from the disc menu.
Press TOP MENU or MENU to access.
• To set subtitle preferences, see Subtitle
Language on page 41.
• See Displaying external subtitle files on
page 10 for more on DivX subtitles.
DV48AV_EN.book 33 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
USB playback
06
35
En
Chapter 6
USB playback
Using the USB interface
It is possible to listen to two-channel audio and
watch JPEG files using the USB interface on
the front of this unit. Connect a USB mass
storage device as shown below.
Note
• This includes playback of MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG files (except files with
copy-protection or restricted playback).
• Compatible USB devices include portable
flash memory (particularly keydrives) and
digital audio players (MP3 players) of
format FAT16/32. It is not possible to
connect this unit to a personal computer
for USB playback.
• Pioneer cannot guarantee compatibility
(operation and/or bus power) with all USB
mass storage devices and assumes no
responsibility for any loss of data that may
occur when connected to this unit.
• With large amounts of data, it may take
longer for the system to read the contents
of a USB device.
• The Home Menu cannot be displayed
while using the USB mode.
1 With the player switched on, press
DVD/USB.
Make sure your TV is on and set to the correct
video input, and that USB MODE is showing
on the front panel display.
2 Connect your USB device.
The USB terminal is located on the front panel.
• Disc Navigator is automatically displayed.
3 Press ENTER to start playback.
• The method of playback for files saved on a
USB device is the same as for other discs.
For more information, see Basic playback
controls on page 23 and Playing discs on
page 27.
4 Turn off this player and remove the
USB device.
• The next time you turn this player on it will
start up in USB mode. To return to DVD
mode, either press DVD/USB or press
OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray.
Important
If a USB ERR message lights in the display, it
may mean that the power requirements of the
USB device are too high for this player, or that
the device is incompatible. Try the following:
• Switch the player off, then on again.
• Reconnecting the USB device with the
player switched off.
• Change the player back to DVD mode
(LOADING will appear in the front panel
display whether a disc is inserted or not) by
pressing DVD/USB, then once again
select USB mode (USB MODE will appear
in the front panel display).
• Using a dedicated AC adapter (supplied
with the device) for USB power.
If this doesn’t remedy the problem, it is likely
your USB device is incompatible.
USB mass
sto age device
DV48AV_EN.book 35 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus
07
37
En
• How good the surround effect is varies
with the disc.
Note
• 96 kHz linear PCM audio is automatically
downsampled to 48 kHz if the Equalizer is
switched on.
Dialog
•Settings:High, Medium, Low, Off
(default)
The Dialog feature is designed to make the
dialog stand out from other background
sounds in the soundtracks.
Video Adjust menu
From the Video Adjust screen you can adjust
various settings that affect how the picture is
presented.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Video
Adjust’ from the on-screen display.
2 Make settings using the
(cursor) buttons, and ENTER.
You can adjust the following picture quality
settings:
•Sharpness – Adjusts the sharpness of
edges in the picture (Fine, Standard
(default), Soft).
•Brightness – Adjusts the overall
brightness (–20 to +20).
•Contrast – Adjusts the contrast between
light and dark (–16 to +16).
•Gamma – Adjusts the ‘warmth’ of the
picture (High, Medium, Low, Off
(default)).
•Hue – Adjusts the red/green balance
(green 9 to red 9).
•Chroma Level – Adjusts how saturated
colors appear (–9 to +9).
•BNR – Switches on/off block noise
reduction (On, Off (default)).
Adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Hue and
Chroma Level settings using the (cursor
left/right) buttons.
3 Press ENTER to return to the Video
Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit.
DV48AV_EN.book 37 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
39
En
Digital Audio Out settings
Setting Option What it means
Digital Out On Digital audio is output from the digital outputs.
Note that there is no digital output when playing SACDs and
some DVD-Audio discs regardless of this setting.
Off No digital audio output.
Dolby Digital Out Dolby Digital Dolby Digital encoded digital audio is output when playing a
Dolby Digital DVD disc.
Dolby Digital > PCM Dolby Digital audio is converted to PCM audio before being
output.
DTS Out DTS DTS encoded digital audio is output when playing a DTS disc.
(Noise will be output if your amplifier/receiver is not
compatible with DTS audio.)
DTS > PCM No digital audio is output when playing a DTS disc.DTS audio
is converted to PCM audio before being output.
Linear PCM Out Down Sample On 96 kHz digital audio is converted to 48 kHz for digital output.
Note that High sampling rate DVD-Audio discs (192 kHz or
176.4 kHz) automatically output down-sampled audio through
the digital outputs.
Down Sample Off 96 kHz digital audio is output as is at 96 kHz.
MPEG Out MPEG > PCM MPEG encoded digital audio is converted to PCM audio for
digital output.
MPEG MPEG encoded digital audio is output as is.
HDMI Out LPCM (2CH) Set if your monitor or device only accepts stereo input. On
this setting multichannel audio is downmixed to 2 channels
for stereo linear PCM output.
LPCM (5.1CH) Set if the monitor or device you have connected using HDMI
is compatible with Liner PCM multi-channel formats. All
audio signals are output as linear PCM 5.1 format. (Use this
setting if you want to decode all streams by a player)
Auto Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG sources are processed
according to how they were encoded, and linear PCM
sources are heard as is. SACD sources are output as linear
PCM.
Auto (DSD) Set if you want to output DSD audio from an SACD source.
Off No digital audio output. Choose this option when you want to
change the Digital Audio Out, SACD Playback and
Speakers settings.
DV48AV_EN.book 39 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
41
En
Language settings
Display settings
Setting Option What it means
Audio Language English If there is an English soundtrack on the disc then it will be
played.
Languages as displayed If there is the language selected on the disc, then it will be
played.
Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
Subtitle Language
(See also Displaying
external subtitle files on
page 10.)
English If there are English subtitles on the disc then they will be
displayed.
Languages as displayed If there is the subtitle language selected on the disc, then it
will be displayed.
Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
DVD Menu
Lang.
w/Subtitle Lang. DVD disc menus will be displayed in the same language as
your selected subtitle language, if possible.
Languages as displayed DVD disc menus will be displayed in the selected language,
if possible.
Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed
(see page 53).
Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed according to your selected subtitle
language (see above).
Off Subtitles are always off by default when you play a DVD disc
(note that some discs override this setting).
Setting Option What it means
OSD Language English On-screen displays of the player are in English.
Languages as displayed On-screen displays are shown in the language selected.
Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle
scenes on a DVD disc.
Off No multi-angle indication is shown.
DV48AV_EN.book 41 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
43
En
Changing your password
To change your password, confirm your
existing password then enter a new one.
1 Select ‘Password Change’.
2 Use the number buttons to enter your
existing password, then press ENTER.
3 Enter a new password and press ENTER.
This registers the new password and you will
return to the Options menu screen.
Setting/changing the Parental Lock
1 Select ‘Level Change’.
2 Use number buttons to enter your
password, then press ENTER.
3 Select a new level and press ENTER.
• Press (cursor left) repeatedly to lock
more levels (more discs will require the
password); press (cursor right) to
unlock levels. You can’t lock level 1.
This sets the new level and you will return to
the Options menu screen.
Setting/changing the Country/Area
code
You can find the Country/Area code list on
page 61.
1 Select ‘Country Code’.
2 Use number buttons to enter your
password, then press ENTER.
3 Select a Country/Area code and press
ENTER.
There are two ways you can do this:
• Select by code letter: Use (cursor up/
down) to change the Country/Area code.
• Select by code number: Press (cursor
right) then use the number buttons to
enter the 4-digit Country/Area code.
The new Country/Area code is set and you will
return to the Options menu screen. Note that
the new Country/Area code doesn’t take effect
until the next disc is loaded (or the current disc
is reloaded).
DTS Downmix
• Default setting: STEREO
If you’ve selected DTS > PCM in DTS Out on
page 39 or 2 Channel in Audio Output Mode on
page 45, you can choose the way the signal is
downmixed to PCM audio. STEREO will
downmix the DTS signal to 2-channel stereo,
whereas Lt/Rt will downmix to a 2-channel
signal compatible with Dolby surround matrix
decoders. (This allows you to hear surround
sound if your AV receiver or amplifier has
Dolby Pro Logic capability.)
DV48AV_EN.book 43 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
45
En
Speakers settings
Audio Output Mode
• Default setting: 2 Channel
If you connected this player to your amplifier
using the 5.1 channel analog outputs (front,
surround, center and subwoofer outs), set this
to 5.1 Channel; if you connected only the
stereo outs, set to 2 Channel.
Note
• Even if you set Audio Output Mode to
5.1 Channel, you’ll only get sound from all
speakers when playing a 5.1 channel
multi-channel disc.
• When set to 5.1 Channel, only the front left/
right channels are output from the AUDIO
OUT (2ch) jacks. Change to 2 Channel if
you want to listen to downmixed stereo
audio (for example, because you are
listening through the TV’s built-in
speakers).
• When set to 5.1 Channel there is no digital
output when playing DVD-Audio.
•Ifyousetto2 Channel, Dolby Digital, DTS
and MPEG audio is mixed down to two
channels so you still hear all the audio
recorded on the disc. With DTS encoded
audio, you can choose how the signal is
downmixed to PCM audio. See DTS
Downmix on page 43 to change the
downmix setting.
• Some DVD-Audio discs don’t allow down-
mixing of audio. These discs always output
multi-channel audio regardless of the
setting made here.
Setting Option What it means
Audio Output
Mode
2 Channel The player outputs analog audio in stereo only. See also
Audio Output Mode below.
5.1 Channel The player outputs 5.1 channel analog audio. See also Audio
Output Mode below.
Speaker Distance – Specify the distance of your speakers from your listening
position. See also Speaker Distance on page 49.
Speaker
Installation
–Specify the number and size of speakers in your system. See
also Speaker Installation on page 50.
DV48AV_EN.book 45 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
47
En
About the HDMI audio output settings
The table below shows how the audio settings you make in the HDMI Out (see HDMI Out on
page 39) and Audio Output Mode screens (Audio Output Mode on page 45) affect the HDMI
output with various types of disc.
*1These formats include DVD-RW discs.
*2If the connected component is not DVD-Audio (CPPM) compatible, it is not possible to output
CPPM copy-controlled DVD-Audio sources from the HDMI connection (see HDMI output with
DVD-Audio and SACD sources on page 48 for more on this).
*3If the discs prohibit downmixing, output Front L/R.
*4If the HDMI device you are using is not compatible with Multi-ch formats, the output signal is
the same as LPCM (2CH) setting.
*5If the HDMI device you are using is not compatible with these compressed formats, the signal
is output as linear PCM.
*6If the connected HDMI device is not compatible with protected audio contents (such as
DVD-Audio or SACD), SACD audio is not output from the HDMI terminal.
*7 Analog SACD audio is not output when you have HDMI Out set to Auto (DSD).
DV48AV_EN.book 47 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
49
En
Speaker Distance
• Default settings: all speakers 10.0ft
You only need to make this setting if you
connected thisplayerto your amplifier using the
5.1 channel analog outputs.
These settings do not affect any digital audio
output.
To get the best surround sound from your
system, you should set up the speaker
distances from your listening position.
1Usethe (cursor up/down) to select
a speaker.
•The
Land Rspeakers are paired; you can’t
set them differently.
2Press (cursor right) to change the
speaker distance for the highlighted
speaker.
3Usethe (cursor up/down) to
change the distance.
• When you change the distance settings of
the front left (L) or front right (R) speakers,
all the other speaker distances change
relative to it.
• Front left/right (L/R) speaker distances can
be set from 1.0 ft to 30.0 ft in 1.0 ft
increments.
• The center speaker (C) can be set from
–7.0 ft to 0.0 ft relative to the front left/right
speakers.
• Surround left/right (SL/SR) speakers can
be set from –20.0 ft to 0.0 ft relative to the
front left/right speakers.
• You can’t set the subwoofer (SW) distance.
4 Press (cursor left) to go back to the
speaker list if you want to modify another
speaker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker
Distance screen.
Note
During playback of SACD and MPEG-audio
DVD-Video discs, the effective C, SL and SR
speaker distance settings are –3.0 ft to 0.0 ft
relative to the front left/right speakers.
DV48AV_EN.book 49 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
51
En
Chapter 9
Additional information
Taking care of your player and
discs
General
Hold discs by the edge or by the center hole
and edge.
When you’re not using a disc, return it to its
case and store upright. Avoid leaving discs in
excessively cold, humid, or hot environments
(including under direct sunlight).
Don’t glue paper or put stickers on to discs. Do
not use a pencil, ball-point pen or other sharp-
tipped writing instrument to write on the disc.
Don’t use self-adhesive disc labels on discs as
these can cause the disc to warp slightly
during playback causing distortion in the
picture and/or sound.
Damaged and shaped discs
Do not use cracked, chipped, warped, or
otherwise damaged discs as they may damage
the player.
This player is designed to be used only with
conventional, fully circular discs. Do not use
shaped discs. Pioneer disclaims all liability
arising in connection with the use of shaped
discs.
Cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on discs can affect
playback performance. Clean using a soft, dry
cloth, wiping the disc lightly from the center to
the outside edge as shown below.
If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or
a commercially available CD/DVD cleaning kit
to clean a disc more thoroughly. Never use
benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents,
including products designed for cleaning vinyl
records.
Cleaning the unit’s exterior
Unplug the unit before cleaning.
Use a dry cloth to wipe off dust and dirt. If the
surfaces are very dirty, wipe with a soft cloth
dipped in some neutral cleanser diluted five or
six times with water and wrung out well, then
wipe again with a dry cloth.
Do not use furniture wax or cleaners. Never
use thinners, benzine or insecticide sprays or
other chemicals on or near this unit.
If you use a chemical-impregnated cleaning
cloth, read the instructions carefully before
use. These cloths may leave smear marks on
half-mirror finish surfaces; if this happens,
finish with a dry cloth.
Cleaning the pickup lens
The DVD player’s lens should not become dirty
in normal use, but if for some reason it should
malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your
nearest Pioneer-authorized service center. We
do not recommend using commercially
available lens cleaners for CD players.
DV48AV_EN.book 51 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
53
En
Resetting the player
Use this procedure to reset all the player’s
settings to the factory default.
1 Switch the player into standby.
2 Using the front panel buttons, hold
down the (stop) button and press
STANDBY/ON to switch the player back
on.
All the player’s settings are now reset.
DVD-Video regions
All DVD-Video discs carry a region mark on the
case somewhere that indicates which
region(s) of the world the disc is compatible
with. Your DVD player also has a region mark,
which you can find on the rear panel. Discs
from incompatible regions will not play in this
player. In this case the attention sentence
Incompatible disc region number Can’t
play disc is displayed on screen. Discs
marked ALL will play in any player. The
diagram below shows the various DVD regions
of the world.
Selecting languages using the
language code list
Some of the language options (such as ‘DVD
Menu Lang.’ in the Initial Settings) allow you to
set your preferred language from any of the
136 languages listed in the language code list
on page 61.
1 Select ‘Other Language’.
2Usethe (cursor left/right)
buttons to select either a code letter or a
code number.
3Usethe (cursor up/down) buttons
to select a code letter or a code number.
See Language code list on page 61 for a
complete list of languages and codes.
DV48AV_EN.book 53 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
55
En
No picture/No color. • Incorrect video connections: Check that connections are correct and
that plugs are inserted fully. Also check the video cable for damage.
• TV/monitor or AV amplifier settings are incorrect: Check the
instruction manual of the connected equipment.
• The video output is set to progressive but your TV/monitor is not
compatible with progressive scan: See page 13 for how to set to
Interlace.
Screen is stretched or
aspect does not change.
• The TV Screen setting in the Initial Settings menu is incorrect. See
page 52 for how to set it correctly for your TV/monitor.
Picture disturbance
during playback or the
picture is dark.
• This player is compatible with Macro-Vision System copy guard.
Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of
disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the
picture depending on the TV. This is not a malfunction.
• Due to the player’s copy protection circuits, connection of this device
through a VCR or an AV selector may prevent recording or cause
picture problems. This is not a malfunction.
No audio, or audio is
distorted.
• No audio is output during slow motion playback or when scanning
discs other than audio CDs and SACDs.
• Some DVD discs do not output digital audio: Switch your amplifier to
the player’s analog outputs.
• Check that the disc is free from dust and dirt, and that it is not
damaged (page 51).
• Check that all interconnects are firmly inserted.
• Check that the plugs and terminals are free of dirt, oxide, etc. and
clean if necessary. Also check the cable for damage.
• Make sure the player’s output is not connected to the amplifier’s
phono (turntable) inputs.
• Check your amplifier/receiver’s settings (volume, input function,
speaker settings, etc.).
The analog audio is OK,
but there appears to be
no digital audio signal.
• Make sure that the Digital Out setting is set to On (page 39).
• Check that the Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG out settings (page 39)
are suitable for your amplifier/receiver — check the instruction manual
that came with your amplifier/receiver.
• SACDs and some DVD-Audio discs do not output digital audio.
Listen through the player’s analog audio outputs.
Noticeable difference in
DVD and CD volume.
• This is due to differences in the audio format and is not a
malfunction.
Problem Remedy
DV48AV_EN.book 55 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
57
En
HDMI troubleshooting
Problem Remedy
No HDMI audio output. • Check whether or not HDMI Out is set to Off. (See HDMI Out on
page 39.)
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High-
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, unreliable signal transfers may result.
• If the front panel HDMI indicator is lit:
– You won’t hear any sound from the HDMI output if the source
component is only DVI/HDCP-compatible.
• If the front panel
HDMI indicator is unlit then:
– Make sure that you’ve selected this player as the HDMI input in the
settings for the component you’re using. You may need to refer to the
instruction manual of the component to do this.
– Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and that the cable
isn’t damaged.
– Check that components connected using the HDMI interface are
switched on and HDMI compatible.
No HDMI video output. • Make sure that you’ve selected this player as the HDMI input in the
settings for the component you’re using. You may need to refer to the
instruction manual of the component to do this.
• Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and that the cable
isn’t damaged.
• Check that components connected using the HDMI interface are
switched on and HDMI compatible.
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal
transfers.
• Make sure the resolution on this player matches that of the
component you have connected using HDMI. See HDMI Resolution on
page 40 to change the HDMI resolution. See Resetting the output
resolution to the default setting with HDMI connection on page 16 if you
want to reset the output resolution.
No multichannel HDMI
audio.
• Make sure the HDMI Out setting is set to Auto, Auto (DSD) or
LPCM (5.1CH) (see HDMI Out on page 39 to do this). See also About
the HDMI audio output settings on page 47 and HDMI output with
DVD-Audio and SACD sources on page 48.
No sound is output from
the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch)
jack when connected via
HDMI.
• Check whether or not HDMI Out is set to Off. (See HDMI Out on
page 39.)
Component Out cannot
be set to Interlace.
• You can use the Interlace setting if the HDMI Resolution is set to
720 x 480i.
DV48AV_EN.book 57 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
59
En
Glossary
Analog audio Direct representation of sound by an
electrical signal. See also Digital audio.
Aspect ratio The width of a TV screen relative to its
height. Conventional TVs are 4:3;
widescreen models are 16:9.
Bonus Group
(DVD-Audio
only)
An ‘extra’ group on some DVD-Audio
discs that requires a key number to
access.
Browsable
pictures
(DVD-Audio
only)
A feature of some DVD-Audio discs in
which the user can browse still
pictures recorded on the disc as the
audio is played.
Digital audio Indirect representation of sound using
numbers. See also Sampling frequency
and Analog audio.
DivX DivX is a media technology created by
DivX, Inc. DivX media files contain not
only video but also include advanced
media features like menus, subtitles,
and alternate audiotracks.
Dolby Digital A multi-channel audio encoding
system developed by Dolby
Laboratories that enables far more
audio to be stored on a disc than PCM
encoding. See also PCM (Pulse Code
Modulation).
DRM DRM (digital rights management) copy
protection is a technology designed to
prevent unauthorized copying by
restricting playback, etc. of
compressed audio files on devices
other than the PC (or other recording
equipment) used to record it. For
detailed information, please see the
instruction manuals or help files that
came with your PC and/or software.
DTS A multi-channel audio encoding
system developed by Digital Theater
Systems that enables far more audio to
be stored on a disc than PCM
encoding. See also PCM (Pulse Code
Modulation).
DSD
(Direct
Stream
Digital)
The Digital Audio encoding system
found on SACDs, that expresses the
audio signals by the pulse density of
one bit data.
EXIF
(Exchangeable
Image File)
A file format developed by FUJIFILM for
digital still cameras. Digital cameras
from various manufacturers use this
compressed file format which carries
date, time and thumbnail information,
as well as the picture data.
File
extension
A tag added to the end of a filename to
indicate the type of file. For example,
“.mp3” indicates an MP3 file.
HDMI HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia
Interface) is a high-speed digital
interface which has the capability to
support standard, enhanced, or high-
definition video plus standard to multi-
channel surround-sound audio on a
single digital connection. HDMI
features include uncompressed digital
video, a bandwidth of up to 5 gigabytes
per second and communication
between the AV source and AV devices
such as DTVs.
ISO 9660
format
International standard for the volume
and file structure of CD-ROM discs.
JPEG A standard file format used for still
images. JPEG files are identified by the
file extension “.jpg”.
MP3 MP3 (MPEG1 audio layer 3) is a
compressed stereo audio file format.
Files are recognized by their file
extension “.mp3”.
MPEG-4 AAC MPEG-4 AAC is a compressed stereo
audio file format. Files are recognized
by the extention ‘.m4a’.
Note that some files purchased with
copyright protection (such as files from
the iTunes store) may not playback.
MPEG audio An audio format used on Video CDs
and some DVD discs.
Packed PCM
(DVD-Audio
only)
A lossless compression system that
enables more PCM audio to be stored
on a DVD-Audio disc than would
otherwise be possible.
PBC
(PlayBack
Control)
A system of navigating a Video CD
through on-screen menus recorded
onto the disc.
PCM
(Pulse Code
Modulation)
Digital audio encoding system found
on CDs. Good quality, but requires a lot
of data compared to Dolby Digital, DTS
and MPEG encoded audio. See also
Digital audio.
DV48AV_EN.book 59 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
61
En
Language code list
Language (Language code letter), Language code
Country/Area code list
Country/Area, Country/Area code, Country/Area code letter
Japanese (ja), 1001
English (en), 0514
French (fr), 0618
German (de), 0405
Italian (it), 0920
Spanish (es), 0519
Chinese (zh), 2608
Dutch (nl), 1412
Portuguese (pt), 1620
Swedish (sv), 1922
Russian (ru), 1821
Korean (ko), 1115
Greek (el), 0512
Afar (aa), 0101
Abkhazian (ab), 0102
Afrikaans (af), 0106
Amharic (am), 0113
Arabic (ar), 0118
Assamese (as), 0119
Aymara (ay), 0125
Azerbaijani (az), 0126
Bashkir (ba), 0201
Byelorussian (be), 0205
Bulgarian (bg), 0207
Bihari (bh), 0208
Bislama (bi), 0209
Bengali (bn), 0214
Tibetan (bo), 0215
Breton (br), 0218
Catalan (ca), 0301
Corsican (co), 0315
Czech (cs), 0319
Welsh (cy), 0325
Danish (da), 0401
Bhutani (dz), 0426
Esperanto (eo), 0515
Estonian (et), 0520
Basque (eu), 0521
Persian (fa), 0601
Finnish (fi), 0609
Fiji (fj), 0610
Faroese (fo), 0615
Frisian (fy), 0625
Irish (ga), 0701
Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704
Galician (gl), 0712
Guarani (gn), 0714
Gujarati (gu), 0721
Hausa (ha), 0801
Hindi (hi), 0809
Croatian (hr), 0818
Hungarian (hu), 0821
Armenian (hy), 0825
Interlingua (ia), 0901
Interlingue (ie), 0905
Inupiak (ik), 0911
Indonesian (in), 0914
Icelandic (is), 0919
Hebrew (iw), 0923
Yiddish (ji), 1009
Javanese (jw), 1023
Georgian (ka), 1101
Kazakh (kk), 1111
Greenlandic (kl), 1112
Cambodian (km), 1113
Kannada (kn), 1114
Kashmiri (ks), 1119
Kurdish (ku), 1121
Kirghiz (ky), 1125
Latin (la), 1201
Lingala (ln), 1214
Laothian (lo), 1215
Lithuanian (lt), 1220
Latvian (lv), 1222
Malagasy (mg), 1307
Maori (mi), 1309
Macedonian (mk), 1311
Malayalam (ml), 1312
Mongolian (mn), 1314
Moldavian (mo), 1315
Marathi (mr), 1318
Malay (ms), 1319
Maltese (mt), 1320
Burmese (my), 1325
Nauru (na), 1401
Nepali (ne), 1405
Norwegian (no), 1415
Occitan (oc), 1503
Oromo (om), 1513
Oriya (or), 1518
Panjabi (pa), 1601
Polish (pl), 1612
Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619
Quechua (qu), 1721
Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813
Kirundi (rn), 1814
Romanian (ro), 1815
Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823
Sanskrit (sa), 1901
Sindhi (sd), 1904
Sangho (sg), 1907
Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908
Sinhalese (si), 1909
Slovak (sk), 1911
Slovenian (sl), 1912
Samoan (sm), 1913
Shona (sn), 1914
Somali (so), 1915
Albanian (sq), 1917
Serbian (sr), 1918
Siswati (ss), 1919
Sesotho (st), 1920
Sundanese (su), 1921
Swahili (sw), 1923
Tamil (ta), 2001
Telugu (te), 2005
Tajik (tg), 2007
Thai (th), 2008
Tigrinya (ti), 2009
Turkmen (tk), 2011
Tagalog (tl), 2012
Setswana (tn), 2014
Tonga (to), 2015
Turkish (tr), 2018
Tsonga (ts), 2019
Tatar (tt), 2020
Twi (tw), 2023
Ukrainian (uk), 2111
Urdu (ur), 2118
Uzbek (uz), 2126
Vietnamese (vi), 2209
Volapük (vo), 2215
Wolof (wo), 2315
Xhosa (xh), 2408
Yoruba (yo), 2515
Zulu (zu), 2621
Argentina, 0118, ar
Australia, 0121, au
Austria, 0120, at
Belgium, 0205, be
Brazil, 0218, br
Canada, 0301, ca
Chile, 0312, cl
China, 0314, cn
Denmark, 0411, dk
Finland, 0609, fi
France, 0618, fr
Germany, 0405, de
Hong Kong, 0811, hk
India, 0914, in
Indonesia, 0904, id
Italy, 0920, it
Japan, 1016, jp
Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr
Malaysia, 1325, my
Mexico, 1324, mx
Netherlands, 1412, nl
New Zealand, 1426, nz
Norway, 1415, no
Pakistan, 1611, pk
Philippines, 1608, ph
Portugal, 1620, pt
Russian Federation, 1821 , ru
Singapore, 1907, sg
Spain, 0519, es
Sweden, 1905, se
Switzerland, 0308, ch
Taiwan, 2023, tw
Thailand, 2008, th
United Kingdom, 0702, gb
USA, 2119, us
DV48AV_EN.book 61 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals

Before you start
01
6
En
Chapter 1
Before you start
Features
• HDMI1digital interface
The HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia
Interface) interconnect provides high quality
digital audio and video, all from a single user-
friendly connector. HDMI is the first consumer
electronics interface to support
uncompressed standard, enhanced, or high-
definition video plus standard to multi-channel
surround sound audio, all using one interface.
You can easily connect to a HDMI-equipped
AV receiver or audiovisual device for high
quality audio and video, and communication
between the video source and (DTV) players,
set-top boxes, and other audiovisual devices is
also supported.
• PureCinema Progressive Scan video
When connected to a progressive scan-
compatible TV or monitor using the
component video outputs, you can enjoy
extremely stable, flicker free images, with the
same frame refresh rate as the original movie.
• New Disc Navigator with moving
pictures
The new Disc Navigator enables you play the
first few seconds of each title or chapter in a
thumbnail image on screen.
• DSP effects for enhanced playback
See Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus on
page 36.
• Picture zoom
See Zooming the screen on page 34.
• MP3, WMA and MPEG-4 AAC
compatibility
See Compressed audio compatibility on page 9.
• JPEG compatibility
See JPEG file compatibility on page 10.
•DivX
®2 video compatibility
See DivX video compatibility on page 10.
• WMV compatibility
See CD-R/-RW compatibility on page 8 or About
WMV on page 10.
• Energy saving design
An auto power-off function switches the player
into standby if not used for about 30 minutes.
• DVD-Audio and SACD compatible
Experience the super high-quality audio
performance of DVD-Audio and Super Audio
CD (SACD).
• 24-bit/192 kHz compatible DAC
The on-board 24-bit/192 kHz DAC means that
this player is fully compatible with high
sampling-rate discs, capable of delivering
exceptional sound quality in terms of dynamic
range, low-level resolution and high-frequency
detail.
1. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
licensing LLC.
2. DivX, DivX Ultra Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license.
DV48AV_EN.book 6 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
8
En
Hints on installation
We want you to enjoy using this product for
years to come, so please use the following
guidelines when choosing a suitable location:
Do...
• Use in a well-ventilated room.
• Place on a solid, flat, level surface, such as
a table, shelf or stereo rack.
Don’t...
• Use in a place exposed to high
temperatures or humidity, including near
radiators and other heat-generating
appliances.
• Place on a window sill or a place where the
player will be exposed to direct sunlight.
• Use in an excessively dusty or damp
environment.
• Place directly on top of an amplifier, or
other component in your stereo system
that becomes hot in use.
• Use near a television or monitor as you
may experience interference — especially
if the television uses an indoor antenna.
• Use in a kitchen or other room where the
player may be exposed to smoke or steam.
• Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with
cloth — this may prevent proper cooling of
the unit.
• Place on an unstable surface, or one that
is not large enough to support all four of
the unit’s feet.
Disc/content format playback
compatibility
This player is compatible with a wide range of
disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs
will generally feature one of the following logos
on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note
however that some disc types, such as
recordable CD and DVD, may be in an
unplayable format — see below for further
compatibility information.
Please also note that recordable discs cannot be
recorded using this player.
•This unit will play DVD+R/+RW discs.
• is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo
Licensing Corporation.
• is a trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation.
• Also compatible with KODAK Picture CD
About DualDisc playback
A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side
of which contains DVD content video, audio,
etc. while the other side contains non-DVD
content such as digital audio material.
The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not
compliant with the CD Audio specification and
therefore may not play.
The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this
product. DVD-Audio content will not play.
For more detailed information on the DualDisc
specification, please refer to the disc
manufacturer or disc retailer.
CD-R/-RW compatibility
• Compatible formats: CD-Audio, Video CD,
ISO 9660 CD-ROM* containing MP3,
WMA, MPEG-4 AAC, JPEG or DivX video/
WMV files
* ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 compliant. CD
physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1.
Romeo and Joliet file systems are both
compatible with this player.
DVD-Video DVD-R DVD-RW
Video CDAudio CD CD-R CD-RW
DVD-Audio
Super Audio CD
Fujicolor CD
DV48AV_EN.book 8 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
10
En
Displaying external subtitle files
The font sets listed below are available for
external subtitle files. You can see the proper
font set on-screen by setting the Subtitle
Language (in Language settings on page 41)
to match the subtitle file.
This player supports the following language
groups:
• Some external subtitle files may be
displayed incorrectly or not at all.
• For external subtitle files the following
subtitle format filename extensions are
supported (please note that these files are
not shown within the disc navigation
menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi
• The filename of the movie file has to be
repeated at the beginning of the filename
for the external subtitle file.
• The number of external subtitle files which
can be switched for the same movie file is
limited to a maximum of 10.
DivX video compatibility
• Official DivX®Ultra Certified product.
• Plays all versions of DivX®video (including
DivX®6) with enhanced playback of DivX®
media files and the DivX®Media Format.
• File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must
be used for the player to recognize DivX
video files). Note that all files with the .avi
extension are recognized as MPEG4, but not
all of these are necessarily DivX video files
and therefore may not be playable on this
player.
About WMV
WMV is an acronym for Windows Media Video
and refers to a video compression technology
developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMV
content can be encoded by using Windows
Media®Encoder.
• This player is compatible with WMV9 files
that are encoded by using the Windows
Media®Encoder 9 Series, with .wmv as an
extension.
• Compatible with size under 720 x 480
pixels.
• Advanced Profile is not supported.
• DRM-protected video files will not play in
this player.
JPEG file compatibility
• Compatible formats: Baseline JPEG and
EXIF 2.2* still image files up to a resolution
of 3072 x 2048.
*File format used by digital still cameras.
• Progressive JPEG compatible: No
• File extensions: .jpg (must be used for the
player to recognize JPEG files – do not use
for other file types)
PC-created disc compatibility
Discs recorded using a personal computer
may not be playable in this unit due to the
setting of the application software used to
create the disc. In these particular instances,
check with the software publisher for more
detailed information.
Discs recorded in packet write mode (UDF
format) are not compatible with this player.
Check the DVD-R/-RW or CD-R/-RW software
disc boxes for additional compatibility
information.
Group 1 Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca),
Danish (da), Dutch (nl), English (en),
Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr),
German (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), Italian
(it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt),
Rhaeto-Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd),
Spanish (es), Swedish (sv)
Group 2 Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs),
Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro),
Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl)
Group 3 Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be),
Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr),
Ukrainian (uk)
Group 4 Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji)
Group 5 Turkish (tr)
DV48AV_EN.book 10 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
12
En
Connecting using the S-video
output
If your TV (or other equipment) has an S-video
(S1) input, you can use the S-video output on
this player instead of the standard (composite)
output for a better quality picture.
• Use an S-video cable (not supplied) to
connect the S-VIDEO OUT to an S-video
input on your TV (or monitor or AV
receiver).
Line up the small triangle above the jack with
the same mark on the plug before plugging in.
Connecting using the
component video output
You can use the component video output
instead of the standard video out jack to
connect this player to your TV (or other
equipment). This should give you the best
quality picture from the three types of video
output available.
• Use a component video cable (not
supplied) to connect the COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT jacks to a component video
input on your TV, monitor or AV receiver.
TV
TV
DV48AV_EN.book 12 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
14
En
Connecting the multichannel analog
outputs
If your AV receiver has 5.1 channel analog
inputs, we recommend connecting this player
to it using the multichannel analog outputs.
Doing this will ensure that you can enjoy all
kinds of disc, including Dolby Digital and DTS
DVD-Video discs, as well as high sampling rate
and multichannel DVD-Audio and SACD
discs.
• Connect the multi-channel audio
outputs on this player to the multi-channel
audio inputs on your AV receiver.
It’s convenient to use three stereo audio
cables; one for the FRONT, one for the
SURROUND and one for the CENTER and
SUBWOOFER channels.
You can also use the S-video or component
video jacks to connect to the AV receiver if you
prefer.
Tip
• After connecting up and switching on, you
should change the Audio Output Mode
setting in the Initial Setup menu from the
default 2 Channel to 5.1 Channel. See
also Audio Output Mode on page 45.
Connecting the digital output
This player has both optical and coaxial-type
digital audio outputs for connection to an AV
receiver. Connect whichever is convenient.
Depending on the capabilities of your AV
receiver, you might have to set up this player to
output only digital audio in a compatible
format. See Digital Audio Out settings on
page 39 and refer to the operating instructions
that came with your AV receiver.
Note that SACD audio is not output through
these jacks, so this connection should be in
addition to, rather than instead of, a 5.1
channel analog connection.
• Connect one of the DIGITAL AUDIO
OUT jacks on this player to a digital input
on your AV receiver.
For an optical connection, use an optical cable
(not supplied) to connect the OPTICAL
DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack to an optical input
on your AV receiver.
For a coaxial connection, use a coaxial cable
(similar to the supplied video cable) to connect
the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack to a
coaxial input on your AV receiver.
AV eceive
AV eceive
DV48AV_EN.book 14 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Connections
02
16
En
About HDMI
HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface)
supports both video and audio on a single
digital connection for use with DVD players,
DTV, set-top boxes, and other AV devices.
HDMI was developed to provide the
technologies of High-bandwidth Digital
Content Protection (HDCP) as well as Digital
Visual Interface (DVI) in one specification.
HDCP is used to protect digital content
transmitted and received by DVI-compliant
displays.
HDMI has the capability to support standard,
enhanced, or high-definition video plus
standard to multi-channel surround-sound
audio. HDMI features include uncompressed
digital video, a bandwidth of up to five
gigabytes per second (with HDTV signals), one
connector (instead of several cables and
connectors), and communication between the
AV source and AV devices such as DTVs.
Resetting the output resolution to the
default setting with HDMI connection
Switch the player to standby then, using the
front panel controls, press STANDBY/ON
while pressing to switch the player back to
480P.
You can also use the HDMI RESOLUTION
button on the remote control to switch the
player back to 480P.
DV48AV_EN.book 16 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Controls and displays
03
18
En
Remote control
Tip
• All buttons glow slightly in the dark for
ease of use.
1STANDBY/ON (page 20)
2 FL DIMMER
Press to change the display brightness.
3 Number buttons (page 23)
4CLEAR(page 32)
5 AUDIO (page 34)
6SUBTITLE (page 33)
7TOPMENU(page 24)
8 ENTER & cursor buttons (page 20)
9HOMEMENU(page 20)
10 SURROUND (page 36)
11 PLAY MODE (page 30)
12 and (page 23, 27)
13 PLAY (page 23)
14 PREV (page 23)
15 PAUSE (page 23)
16 OPEN/CLOSE (page 22)
17 HDMI COLOR (page 40)
18 HDMI RESOLUTION +/– (page 16, 40)
19 ENTER (page 20)
20 DVD/USB (page 35)
21 ANGLE (page 34)
22 MENU (page 24)
23 RETURN (page 20)
24 ZOOM (page 34)
25 DISPLAY (page 34)
26 and (page 23, 27)
27 NEXT (page 23)
28 STOP (page 23)
29 TV CONTROL (page 19)
DV48AV_EN.book 18 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
20
En
Chapter 4
Getting started
Switching on
After making sure that everything is connected
properly and that the player is plugged in,
press STANDBY/ON on the front panel or
remote control to switch the player on.
Also, switch on your TV and make sure that it
is set to the input you connected the DVD
player to.
FAQ
• My DVD player switches on but there is
nothing displayed on my TV.
Make sure that the TV is set to the correct
video input (not a TV channel). For
example, if you connected this player to
the VIDEO 1 inputs on your TV, switch your
TV to VIDEO 1.
Note
• This player features a screen saver and an
auto power off function. If the player is
stopped and no button is pressed for
around five minutes, the screen saver
starts. If the disc tray is closed but no disc
is playing and no control is pressed for
about 30 minutes, the player automatically
goes into standby.
Using the on-screen displays
For ease of use, this player makes extensive
use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs).
All the screens are navigated in basically the
same way, using the cursor buttons (
) to change the highlighted item and
pressing ENTER to select it.
Note
• From here on in this manual, the word
‘select’ generally means use the cursor
buttons to highlight an item on-screen,
then press ENTER.
Button What it does
HOME
MENU
Display/exit the on-screen display.
Changes the highlighted menu
item.
ENTER Selects the highlighted menu
item (both ENTER buttons on the
remote work in exactly the same
way).
RETURN Returns to the main menu without
saving changes.
DV48AV_EN.book 20 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
22
En
Playing discs
The basic playback controls for playing DVD,
CD, SACD, Video CD, DivX video/WMV and
MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC discs are covered
here. Further functions are detailed in the next
chapter.
For details on playing JPEG picture discs, see
Viewing a JPEG slideshow on page 28.
Important
• Throughout this manual, the term ‘DVD’
means DVD-Video, DVD-Audio and
DVD-R/-RW. If a function is specific to a
particular kind of DVD disc, it is specified.
1 If the player isn’t already on, press
STANDBY/ON to switch it on.
If you’re playing a DVD, disc containing DivX
video/WMV files or Video CD, also turn on your
TV and make sure that it is set to the correct
video input.
2Press OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc
tray.
3 Load a disc.
Load a disc with the label side facing up, using
the disc tray guide to align the disc (if you’re
loading a double-sided DVD disc, load it with
the side you want to play face down).
4 Press (play) to start playback.
If you’re playing a DVD or Video CD, an on-
screen menu may appear. See DVD-Video and
DivX disc menus on page 24 and Video CD PBC
menus on page 25 for more on how to navigate
these.
• If you’re playing a containing DivX video/
WMV files or MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC
audio files, it may take a few seconds
before playback starts, etc. This is normal.
• Please see Disc/content format playback
compatibility on page 8 if you want to play
a DualDisc (DVD/CD hybrid disc).
Note
• You may find with some DVD discs that
some playback controls don’t work in
certain parts of the disc. This is not a
malfunction.
• If a disc contains a mixture of movie (DivX
video/WMV) and other media file types
(MP3, for example), first select whether to
play the movie files (DivX/WMV)or the
other media file types (MP3/WMA/MPEG-
4 AAC/JPEG) from the on-screen display.
DV48AV_EN.book 22 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
24
En
DVD-Video and DivX disc menus
Some DivX media files and many DVD-Video
and DVD-Audio discs feature menus from
which you can select what you want to watch.
They may also give access to additional
features, such as subtitle and audio language
selection, or special features such as
slideshows. See the disc packaging for details.
Sometimes DivX and DVD-Video menus are
displayed automatically when you start
playback; others only appear when you press
MENU or TOP MENU.
Important
• Some DVD-Audio discs feature a ‘bonus
group’. To play this group you first have to
input a password, which you can find on
the disc’s packaging. Use the number
buttons to input the password.
Button What it does
TOP MENU Displays the ‘top menu’ of a DVD
disc — this varies with the disc.
MENU Displays a DVD disc (or DivX
media files) menu — this varies
with the disc and may be the
same as the ‘top menu’.
Moves the cursor around the
screen.
ENTER Selects the current menu option.
RETURN Returns to the previously dis-
played menu screen. On some
DVD-Audio discs featuring brows-
able pictures, press to display the
browser screen.
Numbers
(remote
only)
Highlights a numbered menu
option (some discs only). Press
ENTER to select.
DV48AV_EN.book 24 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Getting started
04
26
En
• I’ve connected to a HDMI compatible
component but I can’t get any signal and
the front panel HDMI indicator won’t light!
Make sure that you’ve selected this player
as the HDMI input in the settings for the
component you’re using. You may need to
refer to the instruction manual of the
component to do this. See Connecting
using HDMI on page 15 for more on HDMI
compatibility.
• There’s no picture from the HDMI output!
This player cannot display pictures from
DVI compatible sources. See Connecting
using HDMI on page 15 for more on HDMI
compatibility.
Make sure the resolution on this player
matches that of the component you have
connected using HDMI. See HDMI
Resolution on page 40 to change the HDMI
resolution.
• My AV receiver is definitely compatible with
96 kHz/88.2 kHz Linear PCM audio, but it
doesn’t seem to work with this player.
What’s wrong?
For digital copy-protection purposes, some
96 kHz/88.2 kHz DVD discs only output
digital audio downsampled to 48 kHz/
44.1 kHz. This is not a malfunction.
To fully take advantage of the high
sampling rate audio, connect the analog
audio outputs to your amplifier/receiver.
• Why can’t I hear SACD audio through the
digital outputs?
SACD digital audio is only available
through the HDMI outputs when
connected to an HDMI-compatible amp
that can handle protected audio contents.
Some DVD-Audio discs too only output
audio through the analog outputs.
• Is it better to listen to DVD-Audio discs
through the analog outputs?
Some DVD-Audio discs do not output
anything through the digital outputs, and
multichannel discs are downmixed to
stereo for the digital output. In addition,
high sampling rate DVD-Audio discs
(higher than 96 kHz) automatically
downsample audio output from the digital
outputs.
Using the multichannel analog audio
outputs for DVD-Audio have none of these
limitations.
• My DVD-Audio disc starts playing, but then
suddenly stops!
The disc may have been illegally copied.
DV48AV_EN.book 26 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
28
En
Viewing a JPEG slideshow
After loading a CD/CD-R/-RW containing JPEG
picture files, press (play) to start a slideshow
from the first folder/picture on the disc. The
player displays the pictures in each folder in
alphabetical order.
• If the folder contains MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the
slideshow and MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC file repeats. During the audio
playback, you can still use the skip (
), scan ( ) and pause ( )
functions.
Pictures are automatically adjusted so that
they fill as much of the screen as possible (if
the aspect ratio of the picture is different to
your TV screen you may notice black bars at
the sides, or at the top and bottom of the
screen).
While the slideshow is running:
Note
• The time it takes for the player to load a file
increases with large file sizes.
Browsing DVD or Video CD
disc with the Disc Navigator
Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the
contents of a DVD-Video, VR mode DVD-R/-RW
or Video CD disc to find the part you want to
play.
Important
• You can’t use the Disc Navigator with
Video CDs in PBC mode.
1 During playback, press HOME MENU
and select ‘Disc Navigator’ from the on-
screen menu.
2 Select a view option.
The options available depend on the kind of
disc loaded and whether the disc is playing or
not, but include:
•Title – Titles from a DVD-Video disc.
•Chapter – Chapters from the current title
of a DVD-Video disc.
•Track – Tracks from a Video CD disc.
•Time – Thumbnails from a Video CD disc
at 10 minute intervals.
•Original: Title – Original titles from a VR
mode DVD-R/-RW disc.
•Play List: Title – Play List titles from a VR
mode DVD-R/-RW disc.
•Original: Time – Thumbnails from the
Original content at 10 minute intervals.
•Play List: Time – Thumbnails from the
Play List at 10 minute intervals.
Button What it does
Pauses the slideshow; press again to
restart.
Displays the previous picture.
Displays the next picture.
Pauses the slideshow and rotates the
displayed picture 90º (counter)
clockwise. (Press (play) to restart
slideshow.)
Pauses the slideshow and flips the
displayed picture horizontally or
vertically. (Press (play) to restart
slideshow.)
ZOOM Pauses the slideshow and zooms the
picture. Press again to toggle
between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom. (Press
(play) to restart slideshow.)
MENU Displays the Disc Navigator screen
(see below).
DV48AV_EN.book 28 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
30
En
Tip
• You can also play a JPEG slideshow while
listening to MP3/WMA/MPEG-4 AAC
playback. Simply select the audio file you
want to listen to followed by the JPEG from
which you want the slideshow to start.
Playback of both the slideshow and the
audio files repeats. Playback controls are
effective for the JPEG slideshow only.
• To play the contents of the whole disc
rather than just the current folder, exit the
Disc Navigator and start playback using
the (play) button.
Looping a section of a disc
The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify
two points (A and B) within a track (CD, Video
CD) or title (DVD-Video and DVD-RW) that
form a loop which is played over and over.
• You can’t use A-B Repeat with DVD-Audio,
SACD, Video CDs in PBC mode, or MP3/
WMA/MPEG-4 AAC/DivX video/WMV files.
1 During playback, press PLAY MODE
and select ‘A-B Repeat’ from the list of
functions on the left.
2 Press ENTER on ‘A(Start Point)’ to set
the loop start point.
3 Press ENTER on ‘B(End Point)’ to set the
loop end point.
After pressing ENTER, playback jumps back to
the start point and plays the loop.
4 To resume normal playback, select ‘Off’
from the menu.
Using repeat play
There are various repeat play options,
depending on the kind of disc loaded. It’s also
possible to use repeat play together with
program play to repeat the tracks/chapters in
the program list (see Creating a program list on
page 32).
Important
• You can’t use Repeat play with Video CDs
in PBC mode, or with MP3/WMA/MPEG-4
AAC discs.
• You can’t use repeat and random play at
the same time.
1 During playback, press PLAY MODE
and select ‘Repeat’ from the list of
functions on the left.
2 Select a repeat play option.
If program play is active, select Program
Repeat to repeat the program list, or Repeat
Off to cancel.
The repeat options available depend on the
kind of disc loaded. For example, for DVD-
Video and DVD-RW discs, you can select Title
Repeat or Chapter Repeat (or Repeat Off).
• For DVD-Audio discs, select Group
Repeat or Track Repeat (or Repeat Off).
• For SACDs,CDs and Video CDs, select
Disc Repeat or Track Repeat (or Repeat
Off).
DV48AV_EN.book 30 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
32
En
Creating a program list
This feature lets you program the play order of
titles/chapters/groups/tracks on a disc.
Important
• You can’t use Program play with VR format
DVD-R/-RW discs, Video CDs playing in
PBC mode, MP3/WMA/
MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video/WMV
discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being
displayed.
1 Press PLAY MODE and select ‘Program’
from the list of functions on the left.
2 Select ‘Create/Edit’ from the list of
program options.
3 Use the cursor buttons and ENTER to
select a title, chapter or track for the
current step in the program list.
For a DVD-Video disc, you can add a title or a
chapter to the program list.
• For a DVD-Audio disc, you can add a whole
group, or a track within a group to the
program list.
• For a CD, SACD or Video CD, select a track
to add to the program list.
After pressing ENTER to select the title/
chapter/group/track, the step number
automatically moves down one.
4 Repeat step 3 to build up a program
list.
A program list can contain up to 24 titles/
chapters/tracks.
• You can insert steps into the middle of a
program list by just highlighting the
position where you want the new step to
appear and entering a title/chapter/group/
track number.
• To delete a step, highlight it and press
CLEAR.
5 To play the program list, press (play).
Program play remains active until you turn off
program play (see below), erase the program
list (see below), eject the disc or switch off the
player.
Tip
• Use the following controls during program
play:
Other functions available from the
program menu
There are a number of other options in the
program menu in addition to Create/Edit.
•Playback Start – Starts playback of a
saved program list
•Playback Stop – Turns off program play,
but does not erase the program list
•Program Delete – Erases the program list
and turns off program play
Button What it does
PLAY MODE Save the program list and exit
the program edit screen
without starting playback
(HOME MENU does the
same).
Skip to the next step in the
program list.
DV48AV_EN.book 32 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Playing discs
05
34
En
Switching audio language/
channels
When playing a DVD-Video and DivX video disc
recorded with dialog in two or more
languages, you can switch audio language
during playback.
When playing a VR format DVD-R/-RW disc
recorded with dual-mono audio, you can
switch between the main, sub, and mixed
channels during playback.
When playing a DVD-Audio disc, you may be
able to switch channels—see the disc box for
details. (When you change the audio channel,
playback restarts from the beginning of the
current track.)
When playing a Video CD, you can switch
between stereo, just the left channel or just the
right channel.
1 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select an
audio language/channel option.
The language/channel information is shown
on-screen.
Note
• Some DVD discs only allow you to change
audio language from the disc menu. Press
TOP MENU or MENU to access.
• To set DVD audio language preferences,
see Language settings on page 41.
Zooming the screen
Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part
of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while
watching a DVD, DivX video/WMV title or Video
CD or playing a JPEG disc.
1 During playback, use the ZOOM button
to select the zoom factor (Normal, 2x or
4x).
• Since DVD, Video CD, DivX video/WMV
title and JPEG pictures have a fixed
resolution, picture quality will deteriorate,
especially at 4x zoom. This is not a
malfunction.
2 Use the cursor buttons to change the
zoomed area.
You can change the zoom factor and the
zoomed area freely during playback.
• If the navigation square at the top of the
screen disappears, press ZOOM again to
display it.
Switching camera angles
Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two
or more angles — check the disc box for
details.
When a multi-angle scene is playing, a
icon appears on screen to let you know that
other angles are available (this can be
switched off if you prefer — see Display
settings on page 41).
• During playback, press ANGLE to
switch angle.
Displaying disc information
Various track, chapter and title information,
such as the elapsed and remaining playing
time can be displayed on-screen while a disc is
playing.
• To show/switch/hide the information
displayed, press DISPLAY repeatedly.
• When a disc is playing, the information
appears at the top of the screen. Keep
pressing DISPLAY to change the displayed
information.
DV48AV_EN.book 34 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus
07
36
En
Chapter 7
Audio Settings and Video
Adjust menus
Audio Settings menu
The Audio Settings menu offers features for
adjusting the way discs sound.
1 Press HOME MENU and select ‘Audio
Settings’ from the on-screen display.
2 Select and change settings using the
(cursor) buttons, and ENTER.
Audio DRC
•Settings:High, Medium, Low,
Off (default)
When watching Dolby Digital DVDs at low
volume, it’s easy to lose the quieter sounds
completely — including some of the dialog.
Switching Audio DRC (Dynamic Range
Control) to on can help by bringing up the
quieter sounds, while controlling loud peaks.
How much of a difference you hear depends
on the material you’re listening to. If the
material doesn’t have wide variations in
volume, you may not notice much change.
Note
• Audio DRC is only effective with Dolby
Digital audio sources.
• Audio DRC is only effective through the
digital output when Digital Out is set to
On, and Dolby Digital Out is set to Dolby
Digital > PCM (see Digital Audio Out
settings on page 39).
• The effect of Audio DRC also depends on
your speakers and AV receiver settings.
Virtual Surround
• Settings: On, Off (default)
Switch on Virtual Surround to enjoy realistic
surround sound effects from just two
speakers.
Tip
• You can also use the SURROUND button
on the remote control to switch Virtual
Surround on.
Note
• 96 kHz linear PCM audio is automatically
downsampled to 48 kHz if Virtual Surround
is switched on.
•TheAudio Output Mode (see page 45)
must be set to 2 Channel in order to be
able to use Virtual Surround.
• If the player is outputting Dolby Digital,
DTS or MPEG bitstream audio (in other
words, no conversion to PCM), Virtual
Surround has no effect on the audio from
the digital output. See Digital Audio Out
settings on page 39 for how to set up the
digital output formats.
DV48AV_EN.book 36 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
38
En
Chapter 8
Initial Settings menu
Using the Initial Settings menu
The Initial Settings menu provides audio and
video output settings, parental lock settings,
and display settings, among others.
If an option is grayed out it means that it
cannot be changed at the current time. This is
usually because a disc is playing. Stop the
disc, then change the setting.
1Press
HOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Use the cursor buttons and ENTER to
select the setting and option you want to
set.
All the settings and options are explained on
the following pages.
Note
• In the table below, the default setting is
shown in bold: other settings are shown in
italics.
•The
Digital Audio Out settings only need
to be set if you have connected the digital
output of this player to an AV receiver, or
other equipment.
• Check the operating instructions supplied
with your other equipment to see which
digital audio formats it’s compatible with.
• Some settings, such as TV Screen, Audio
Language and Subtitle Language may be
overridden by the DVD disc. Often these
settings can also be made from the DVD
disc menu.
•The
HDMI Out, HDMI Resolution and
HDMI Color settings only need to be set if
you connected this player to an HDMI-
compatible component using the HDMI
connector.
•The
Digital Audio Out, Component Out,
SACD Playback and Speakers settings
cannot be set if the player is connected to
an HDMI-compatible component using
the HDMI connector. Additionally, certain
settings such as HDMI Out, HDMI
Resolution, and HDMI Color may be
changed automatically.
DV48AV_EN.book 38 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
40
En
Video Output settings
Setting Option What it means
TV Screen
(This setting effective
for analog and HDMI
video output. See
also Screen sizes and
disc formats on
page 52.)
4:3 (Letter Box) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are
shown with black bars top and bottom.
4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are
shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the
screen.
16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV.
16:9 (Compressed) Can be selected when you are connected via HDMI, and have
the HDMI Resolution set to 1920 x 1080p, 1920 x
1080i or 1280 x 720p. Video in 4:3 can be properly
displayed on a 16:9 high definition television (with black bars
shown on either side of the screen).
Component Out Progressive Set if your TV is compatible with progressive scan video (see
your TV’s instruction manual for details). The PRGSVE
indicator lights in the front panel display. See also Switching
the video output to interlace using the front panel controls on
page 13.
Note that progressive scan video is only output from the
component video jacks.
Interlace Set if your TV is not compatible with progressive scan video.
HDMI Resolution 1920x1080p Set if your TV supports 1
920 x 1080 pixel progressive-scan
video. 24 Hz frame rate is not supported.
1920x1080i Set if your TV supports 1920 x 1080 pixel interlace video.
1280x720p Set if your TV supports 1280 x 720 pixel progressive-scan
video.
720x480p Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel progressive-scan video.
720x480i Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel interlace video.
HDMI Color Full range RGB If colors are weak, this gives brighter colors and deeper
black.
RGB Use this setting if colors appear overly rich on the Full Range
RGB setting.
Component Outputs component video format (default setting for HDMI-
compatible devices).
DV48AV_EN.book 40 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
42
En
Options settings
Parental Lock
• Default level: Off; Default password: none;
Default Country/Area code: us (2119)
To give you some control over what your
children watch on your DVD player, some
DVD-Video discs feature a Parental Lock level.
If your player is set to a lower level than the
disc, the disc won’t play.
Some discs also support the Country/Area
Code feature. The player does not play certain
scenes on these discs, depending on the
Country/Area Code you set.
Note
• Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will
play without requiring the password first.
• If you forget your password, you’ll need to
reset the player to register a new password
(see Resetting the player on page 53).
Registering a new password
You must register a password before you can
change the Parental Lock level or enter a
Country code.
1 Select ‘Options’, then ‘Password’.
2 Use the number buttons to enter a
4-digit password.
The numbers you enter show up as asterisks
(*) on-screen.
3 Press ENTER to register the password.
You will return to the Options menu screen.
Setting Option What it means
Parental Lock – See Parental Lock below.
DVD Playback
Mode
DVD-Audio All material on a DVD-Audio disc is playable.
DVD-Video Only the DVD-Video part of a DVD-Audio disc is playable.
SACD Playback 2ch Area Selects the 2 channel (strereo) SACD audio area of the disc
for playback.
Multi-ch Area Selects the multi-channel SACD audio area of the disc for
playback.
CD Area Selects the standard CD audio area of an SACD/CD hybrid
disc for playback.
DTS Downmix STEREO Downmixes DTS for 2 channel output to regular stereo. (See
also DTS Downmix on page 43.)
Lt/Rt Downmixes DTS for 2 channel output to be compatible with
Dolby Surround matrix decoders. (See also DTS Downmix on
page 43.)
DivX VOD Display See About DivX® VOD content on page 44.
DV48AV_EN.book 42 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
44
En
About DivX
®
VOD content
In order to play DivX VOD (video on demand)
content on this player, you first need to register
the player with your DivX VOD content
provider. You do this by generating a DivX VOD
registration code, which you submit to your
provider.
Important
• DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM
(Digital Rights Management) system. This
restricts playback of content to specific,
registered devices.
• If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD
content not authorized for your player, the
message Authorization Error is displayed
and the content will not play.
• Resetting the player (as described in
Resetting the player on page 53) will not
cause you to lose your registration code.
Displaying your DivX VOD
registration code
1PressHOME MENU and select ‘Initial
Settings’.
2 Select ‘Options’, then ‘DivX VOD’.
3 Select ‘Display’.
Your 8-digit registration code is displayed.
Make a note of the code as you will need it
when you register with a DivX VOD provider.
Playing DivX
®
VOD content
Some DivX VOD content may only be playable
a fixed number of times. When you load a disc
containing this type of DivX VOD content, the
remaining number of plays is shown on-
screen and you then have the option of playing
the disc (thereby using up one of the
remaining plays), or stopping. If you load a
disc that contains expired DivX VOD content
(for example, content that has zero remaining
plays), the message Rental Expired is
displayed.
If your DivX VOD content allows an unlimited
number of plays, then you may load the disc
into your player and play the content as often
as you like, and no message will be displayed.
DV48AV_EN.book 44 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
46
En
About the audio output settings
The table below shows how the audio settings you make in the Initial Settings menu (see
page 38) affect the output from the 2 channel and the 5.1 channel analog outputs, and from the
digital outputs with various types of disc.
*1When Audio Output Mode is set to 2 Channel, the AUDIO OUT (5.1ch) FRONT L / R jacks act as a second pair
of stereo audio outputs.
*2Dolby Digital > PCM, MPEG > PCM or DTS > PCM setting (page 39)
*3Dolby Digital, MPEG or DTS setting (page 39)
*4Discs that prohibit downmixing will be output as 5.1 channel even if 2 Channel is selected as the Audio Output
Mode setting (see page 45).
*5Discs that prohibit downmixing also mute the digital output.
*6When Audio Output Mode is set to 5.1 Channel, mono sources are heard from the center speaker only.
DV48AV_EN.book 46 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
48
En
HDMI output with DVD-Audio and SACD sources
The way audio sources are output from the HDMI terminal depends on the specification of the
connected component.
*1This unit checks the specification of the connected component (such sample rate/multi-
channel limitations and compatibility with protected audio contents) and outputs the signal
accordingly. Note that ‘DVD-Audio compatible’ indicates compatibility with protected audio
contents. ‘SACD compatible’ indicates compatibility with DSD signals.
*2If HDMI Out setting (page 39) is set to LPCM (2CH), DVD-Audio multichannel sources will be
downmixed to stereo. (In cases where the source is downmix-prohibited, only the front left/right
channels are output.) For SACD sources, the 2 channel (stereo) SACD audio area is selected.
If the video output resolution is 480i or 480p audio output may be limited to 2 channel (depending
to the connected component).
*3In cases where the source is downmix-prohibited, only the front left/right channels are output.
*4If CPPM shows in the front panel display, it means it is not possible to output CPPM copycon-
trolled DVD-Audio sources from the HDMI connection. Discs with no CPPM protection are
limited to 2 channel output.
DV48AV_EN.book 48 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Initial Settings menu
08
50
En
Speaker Installation
•Defaultsettings: L/R: Large | C: Large | SL/
SR: Large
| SW: On
You only need to make this setting if you
connected thisplayerto your amplifier using the
5.1 channel analog outputs.
This setting does not affect digital audio output.
Use the Speaker Installation screen to tell the
player what kinds of speakers you have
connected.
1Usethe (cursor up/down) buttons
to select a speaker.
•The
Land R, and SR and SL speakers are
paired; you can’t set them differently.
2Press (cursor right) to modify the
selected speaker.
3Usethe (cursor up/down) buttons
to change the current setting.
• You can see the effect of your changes in
the room graphic on the right of the
screen.
• Except for the subwoofer, you can set
speaker size to Large or Small. If the main
speaker cone in the speaker is 12 cm or
more, set to Large, otherwise set to Small
(or Off if you don’t have that speaker).
• If you set the front Land Rspeakers to
Small, the center and surround speakers
are automatically set to Small and the
subwoofer to On.
• The subwoofer can only be set to On or Off.
4Press (cursor left) to go back to the
speaker list if you want to modify another
speaker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker
Installation screen.
DV48AV_EN.book 50 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
52
En
Condensation
Condensation may form inside the player if it is
brought into a warm room from outside, or if
the temperature of the room rises quickly.
Although the condensation won’t damage the
player, it may temporarily impair its
performance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer
temperature for about an hour before
switching on.
Moving the player
If you need to move the player, first press
STANDBY/ON on the front panel to turn the
player off. Wait for -OFF- to disappear from the
display, then unplug the power cable. Never lift
or move the unit during playback — discs
rotate at a high speed and may be damaged.
Screen sizes and disc formats
DVD-Video discs come in several different
screen aspect ratios, ranging from TV
programs, which are generally 4:3, to
CinemaScope widescreen movies, with an
aspect ratio of up to about 7:3.
Televisions, too, come in different aspect
ratios; ‘standard’ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9.
Widescreen TV users
If you have a widescreen TV, the TV Screen
setting (page 40) of this player should be set to
16:9 (Wide) or 16:9 (Compressed).
When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format
with the 16:9 (Wide) setting, you can use the
TV controls to select how the picture is
presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and
stretch options; see the instructions that came
with your TV for details.
Please note that some movie aspect ratios are
wider than 16:9, so even though you have a
widescreen TV, these discs will still play in a
‘letter box’ style with black bars at the top and
bottom of the screen.
Standard TV users
If you have a standard TV, the TV Screen
setting (page 40) of this player should be set to
4:3 (Letter Box) or 4:3 (Pan&Scan),
depending on which you prefer.
Set to 4:3 (Letter Box), widescreen discs are
shown with black bars top and bottom.
Set to 4:3 (Pan&Scan), widescreen discs are
shown with the left and right sides cropped.
Although the picture looks larger, you don’t
actually see the whole picture.
Please note that many widescreen discs
override the player’s settings so that the disc is
shown in letter box format regardless of the
setting.
Note
•Usingthe16:9 (Wide) or 16: 9
(Compressed) setting with a standard 4:3
TV, or either of the 4:3 settings with a
widescreen TV, will result in a distorted
picture.
DV48AV_EN.book 52 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
54
En
Troubleshooting
Incorrect operation is often mistaken for trouble or malfunction. If you think that there is
something wrong with this component, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie
in another component. Inspect the other components and electrical appliances being used. If
the trouble cannot be rectified after checking the items below, ask your nearest Pioneer
authorized service center or your dealer to carry out repair work.
Problem Remedy
The disc won’t play or is
automatically ejected
after loading.
• Make sure the disc is free from dirt and dust and is not damaged
(page 51).
• Make sure the disc is loaded with the label side face-up and aligned
properly in the disc tray guide.
• Incompatible region number: If the region number on a DVD-Video
disc does not match the number on the player, the disc cannot be used
(page 53). In this case the attention sentence “Incompatible disc
region number Can’t play disc” is displayed on screen.
• Condensation inside the player: Allow time for condensation to
evaporate. Avoid using the player near an air-conditioning unit.
• Disc is loaded upside down: Reload the disc with the label side face
up.
DVD-Audio playback
stops.
• The disc may have been illegally copied.
Picture playback stops
and the operation
buttons cannot be used.
• Press , then start playback again ( ).
• Press and hold the front panel STANDBY/ON button for about
10 seconds to switch the unit off, then press again to switch back on.
• Switch the power off once, unplug from the wall socket, then plug
back in and switch on again using the front panel STANDBY/ON
button.
New settings made in the
Setup screen menus while
a disc is playing are
ineffective.
• Some settings can be changed while a disc is playing, but are not
effective until the disc is stopped then restarted: Press , then start
playback again ( ).
Settings are canceled. • When the power is cut due to power failure or by unplugging the
power cord, settings will be canceled: Press STANDBY/ON on the
front panel to turn the player off. Wait for -OFF- to disappear from the
display, then unplug the power cord.
The remote control
doesn’t seem to work.
• The remote control is too far from the player, or the angle with the
remote sensor is too wide: Use the remote within its operating range
(page 19).
• The batteries are exhausted: Put in new ones (page 7).
DV48AV_EN.book 54 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
56
En
Cannot play multi-
channel audio.
• Make sure that Audio Output Mode is set to 5.1 Channel
(page 45).
• Check that the Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG Out settings (page 39)
are suitable for your amplifier/receiver — check the instruction manual
that came with your amplifier/receiver.
• DVD-Audio and SACDs do not output multichannel digital audio.
Listen through the player’s analog outputs.
• Check that the settings in the Speaker Installation screen are correct
(page 50).
• Check the audio options available from the disc menu.
Cannot listen to high-
sampling rate audio
through the digital
output.
• Make sure that Linear PCM Out is set to Down Sample Off
(page 39).
• As a copy-protection measure, some DVDs do not output 96kHz
audio. In this case, even if set to Down Sample Off, the player
automatically outputs the audio at 48 kHz. This is not a malfunction.
Cannot output 192 kHz or
176.4 kHz digital audio. • The player does not output digital audio at these sampling rates. The
digital output is automatically downsampled.
Cannot output 96 kHz or
88.2 kHz digital audio.
• Check that Linear PCM Out is set to Down Sample Off (page 39).
• Some discs are digital copy protected and do not output high
sampling rate digital audio. In this case the output is automatically
downsampled.
No DTS audio output. • If this unit is connected to a non-DTS compatible amplifier or
decoder using a digital audio cable, set DTS Out to DTS >PCM
(page 39). If you do not do this, noise will be output when you play a
DTS disc.
• If this unit is connected to a DTS-compatible amplifier or decoder
using a digital audio cable, check the amplifier settings, and that the
cable is properly connected.
Audio mix does not
sound right or sounds
incomplete (for example,
inaudible dialog).
• Make sure that Audio Output Mode is set to 2 Channel if you’ve
connected to the stereo inputs on your amplifier or TV (page 45).
Can’t hear effect of
Virtual Surround.
• Virtual Surround does not work with SACD or DVD-Audio.
• The Virtual Surround effect is only output through the AUDIO OUT
(2ch) analog audio outputs.
• Make sure that Audio Output Mode is set to 2 Channel (page 45).
• The effectiveness of Virtual Surround varies with the disc.
Problem Remedy
DV48AV_EN.book 56 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
58
En
USB troubleshooting
Note
• Static electricity or other external influences may cause malfunctioning of this unit. In this
case, unplug the power cord and then plug back in. This will usually reset the unit for proper
operation. If this does not correct the problem, please consult your nearest Pioneer service
center.
A connected DVI
component (with HDCP)
doesn’t work with this
player.
• This unit has been designed to be compliant with HDMI (High-
Definition Multimedia Interface). Depending on the component you
have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal
transfers.
Problem Remedy
Problem Remedy
USB mass storage device
is not recognized by the
system.
• Make sure you have completely inserted the USB connector to this unit.
• Check that the memory format is FAT16 or FAT32.
• USB devices with an internal USB hub are not supported.
Files don’t show up in the
Navigator/Photo Browser.
• The files must have the correct file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for
WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-
case is OK).
• Make sure the file permission hasn’t been restricted (through a password,
etc.).
Can’t play WMA or MPEG-
4 AAC files.
• The files were recorded using DRM (digital rights management) or
FairPlay copy-protection. This is not a malfunction.
DV48AV_EN.book 58 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
60
En
Progressive
scan video
All the lines that make up a video
picture are updated in one pass
(compared to interlace which takes two
passes to update the whole picture).
Regions
(DVD-Video
only)
These associate DVD-Video discs and
players with particular areas of the
world. See DVD-Video regions on
page 53 for more information.
Sampling
frequency
The rate at which sound is measured to
be turned into digital audio data. The
higher the rate, the better the sound
quality. CD is 44.1 kHz; DVD can be up
to 96 kHz. See also Digital audio.
Super Audio
CD (SACD)
Super Audio CD is a high quality audio
disc format that can accommodate
high sampling rate stereo and multi-
channel audio, as well as conventional
CD audio all on the same disc.
WMA WMA is short for Windows Media
Audio and refers to an audio
compression technology developed by
Microsoft Corporation. Files are
recognized by their file extension
“.wma”.
WMV WMV is an acronym for Windows
Media Video and refers to a video
compression technology developed by
Microsoft Corporation. Files are
recognized by the file extension “.wmv”.
DV48AV_EN.book 60 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals
Additional information
09
62
En
Specifications
General
Power requirements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 120 V, 60 Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W
Power consumption (standby). . . . . . . . . . 0.7 W
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 kg (5 lb 12 oz)
Dimensions
420 mm (W) x 51.5 mm (H) x 215.5 mm (D)
(16-9/16 in. (W) x 2-1/16 in. (H) x 8-1/2 in. (D))
Operating temperature . . . . . . .+5 °C to +35 °C
(+41 °F to +95 °F)
Operating humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 % to 85 %
(no condensation)
Component video output
Y (luminance) - Output level. . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
PB(color) - Output level . . . . . . . . 0.7 Vp-p (75 )
PR(color) - Output level . . . . . . . . 0.7 Vp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
S-video output
Y (luminance) - Output level. . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
C (color) - Output level . . . . . . .286 mVp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-video
Video output
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Vp-p (75 )
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
Audio output (1 stereo pair)
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . . During audio output
200 mVrms (1 kHz, –20 dB)
Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCA
HDMI output
HDMI output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 pin
Audio output (multi-channel / L, R, C, SW,
SL, SR)
Output level . . . . . . . . . . . . .During audio output
200 mVrms (1 kHz, –20 dB)
Number of channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA
Digital audio characteristics
Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . .4 Hz to 44 kHz
S/N ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 dB
Dynamic range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 dB
Total harmonic distortion . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0023 %
Wow and flutter . . . . . . . . Limit of measurement
(±0.001 % W. PEAK) or lower
Digital output
Coaxial digital output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RCA
Optical digital output
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Optical
Accessories
Remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
AA/R6P dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Audio/video cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Operating instructions
The specifications and design of this product are subject
to change without notice, due to improvement.
DV48AV_EN.book 62 ページ ２００７年６月６日 水曜日 午前１０時２分
Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Pioneer Manuals